DCU80-100 - Operators Manual

Empty container handler 8-10
tonnes
Publ. no IDCU01.01GB
Operator's manual in original OPERATOR’S MANUAL
DCU80–100
1 Foreword ................................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 About the operator's manual.............................................................................................. 1
1.2 About the documentation kit .............................................................................................. 4
1.3 Inspection and maintenance .............................................................................................. 5
2 Safety ..................................................................................................................................... 6
2.1 Safety and emergency equipment ..................................................................................... 8
2.2 CE-marking ........................................................................................................................ 9
2.3 ANSI/ITSDF marking ....................................................................................................... 10
2.4 Keep in mind ..................................................................................................................... 11
2.5 Fire................................................................................................................................... 18
3 Overview............................................................................................................................... 20
3.1 Description DCU80–100 .................................................................................................. 20
3.2 Plates ............................................................................................................................... 26
4 Instruments and controls ...................................................................................................... 34
4.1 Warning and indicator lights............................................................................................. 38
4.2 Ignition key lock and start and stop button for the engine................................................ 40
4.3 Switches .......................................................................................................................... 42
4.4 Travel direction selector and parking brake ..................................................................... 54
4.5 Multi-function lever........................................................................................................... 56
4.6 Load handling .................................................................................................................. 57
4.7 Pedals .............................................................................................................................. 59
4.8 Steering wheel ................................................................................................................. 60
4.9 Driver's seat ..................................................................................................................... 61
4.10 Heating / Air conditioning ................................................................................................. 62
4.11 Control system ................................................................................................................. 64
4.12 Optional equipment.......................................................................................................... 81
5 Handling ............................................................................................................................... 84
5.1 Running-in ....................................................................................................................... 86
5.2 Daily inspection................................................................................................................ 87
5.3 Error codes ...................................................................................................................... 88
5.4 Operating ....................................................................................................................... 159
5.5 Load handling ................................................................................................................ 175
5.6 Customer settings via display ........................................................................................ 186
6 Inspection and maintenance............................................................................................... 195
6.1 Daily inspection.............................................................................................................. 196
6.2 Maintenance .................................................................................................................. 200
6.3 Service ........................................................................................................................... 228
7 Transporting the machine ................................................................................................... 230
7.1 Towing............................................................................................................................ 231
7.2 Lifting and transporting the machine.............................................................................. 233
7.3 Service position.............................................................................................................. 256
7.4 Long-term storage.......................................................................................................... 257
8 Environment and standards................................................................................................ 260
9 Specifications ..................................................................................................................... 262
10 Terminology ........................................................................................................................ 272
11 Index.................................................................................................................................... 275
Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

IDCU01.01GB Operator’s manual DCU80–100
1 Foreword 1
1 Foreword
1.1 About the operator's manual
General
Thank you for choosing Kalmar as your machine supplier. We hope
that we will meet your expectations.
This Operator's manual contains information that you must keep in

mind for safe handling and optimal use of your new Kalmar machine.
Operator's manual, purpose

The operator's manual describes how the machine should be operated
and maintained in a correct manner.
Cargotec will not accept any responsibility for machine modifications

without permission from Cargotec. Further, Cargotec will not accept
any responsibility if other lifting devices, tools or work methods are
used other than those described in this manual.
Storage
The operator's manual should always be kept in the machine.
About machine version

The information in this publication corresponds with the machine's
design and appearance on delivery from Cargotec. Deviations may
arise due to customer adaptations.
Cargotec reserves the right to make changes to specifications and

equipment without prior notice. Information provided in the manual
applies at the date of issue.
Copyright
Cargotec Sweden AB
Duplication of the content in this manual, in whole or in part, is strictly

prohibited without written permission from Cargotec Sweden AB.
All duplication by any means, such as copying, printing, etc., is

prohibited.
Manufacturer
Cargotec Sweden AB, SE-340 10 Lidhult, Sweden.

2 1 Foreword – Reading instructions
1.1.1 Reading instructions

Warning information
This manual contains descriptions of warnings that apply to your safety.
Warnings provide information about potential dangers that, if the
warnings are not followed, could result in injury or product damage.
DANGER
Situation that could lead to severe personal injury or
death if regulation is not followed.
WARNING
Situation that could lead to personal injury if regulation
is not followed.
CAUTION
Situation that could lead to product damage if
regulation is not followed.
Important information
Important information is denoted with NOTE and is intended to
facilitate the work process, handling or to increase understanding of
the information.
NOTE
Important information not related to safety.
Read the operator's manual

The symbol to the left is used in certain cases on the machine and
refers to important information in the Operator's manual.
000262
Read the operator's manual
Read the Maintenance manual

The symbol to the left is used in certain cases on the machine and
001128
refers to important information in the Maintenance manual.
Read the Maintenance manual

1 Foreword – Reading instructions 3
Optional equipment
There is a range of optional equipment available for the machine.
000264
Each description of optional equipment in the manual is marked with
a symbol, and contains an explanatory text. The symbol is positioned
Indicates optional equipment visibly by the text and image in question.
See the machine card for complete specifications of the machine's

product alternatives and optional equipment.

4 1 Foreword – About the documentation kit
1.2 About the documentation kit

Documentation kit
The following documentation is supplied for the machine:
• Operator's manual (in cab with machine).
• Maintenance manual.
• Spare parts catalogue with machine card.
There is supplementary documentation that can be ordered for the

machine:
• Workshop manual.
• Supplier documentation for engine, transmission, and drive axle.
Ordering documentation
The documentation is ordered from the dealer for Cargotec.
Always indicate publication number when ordering. The publication

number is printed down to the left on the cover and at the bottom of
all pages in the manual.

1 Foreword – Inspection and maintenance 5
1.3 Inspection and maintenance

General
Maintenance must be managed properly in order for the machine to
operate satisfactorily and at the lowest cost. Intervals for inspection
and maintenance refer to operation under normal environmental and
working conditions.
Maintenance described in this operator's manual can be performed by

the operator, see Chapter 6 Inspection and maintenance. It describes
the daily inspections that comprise ongoing checks and actions that the
operator should carry out when starting a shift.
Maintenance
For other maintenance not included in this operator's manual (service
and repairs), contact an authorised workshop.

6 2 Safety
2 Safety
General
Safety rules are intended to reduce the risk of personal injuries as well
as damage to the load or other property.
Only personnel trained for this machine may handle, operate, perform
service or be in its vicinity during its use.
The safety information in this operator's manual is intended for your

information and safety. It cannot, and is not intended to, cover all
possible events during operation. Responsible operators with the
right training is the only way to ensure the safe and prolonged use
of the machine.
The machine was thoroughly tested and adjusted before it left the
factory. This does not preclude the possibility that it has been damaged
during delivery. The machine must undergo a thorough inspection in
order to ensure correct function before being put into service.
Important to read the operator's manual

Incorrect operation may lead to injury and product, and/or property
damage. For this reason, please read this operator's manual very
carefully before using the machine. The operator's manual contains
important information about your Kalmar machine, the machine's
handling, safety during work and about the machine's daily inspection.
000262
In addition, you will obtain a lot of valuable information that makes

it easier for you at work.
The operator's manual should always remain in the machine. If it is lost

a replacement must be acquired immediately.
NOTE
Never use a machine that does not have an operator's manual.
Ask your foreman or supervisor if there is anything in the text you do

not understand or if you feel information is missing in any area.

2 Safety – Safety 7
Intended use
• The machine must only be used for what it is designed and
manufactured for, i.e. to lift and transport goods whose weight
and load centre/centre of gravity do not exceed the machine's
maximum permitted load capacity. If it is used in any other way
or in potentially dangerous environments (e.g. an explosive
environment, an area with asbestos dust) then special safety rules
must be followed and the machine must be equipped for such
operations.
• The machine should not be modified or changed without permission
from Cargotec. In the event of modifications approved by Cargotec
the signs on the machine and documentation affected must be
adapted to apply to the modification.
In the event of modification or conversion without Cargotec's
permission Cargotec's product liability ceases to apply. Modification
and conversion may only be made if the knowledge exists to
verify and test the modifications and conversions. Modifications
and conversions must be documented (date and action) and the
organisation responsible must be stated with name and address.
Signs and stickers must be updated in accordance with the
machine's new design.
• The machine may not be operated on public roads unless it has
been adapted according to national road safety regulations.
• It is always the machine owner's responsibility to ensure that the
machine has approved fire-fighting equipment in accordance with
the regulations in force.
• The machine is designed for use in outdoor temperatures -30 °C
to 40 °C, relative humidity 10 to 90%, and max. wind speeds
12.2 m/s. In the event of deviations from this, contact Cargotec.
Operator requirements
• The machine may only be operated by specially trained operators
who have the work supervisor's permission to operate the machine.
• Laws and regulations regarding driver's licenses, operator ID, etc.
must always be followed.
• The operator must be aware of and follow all local safety rules.
• The operator must follow the manufacturer's instructions.
• The operator should read and understand the machine's warning
and information plates as well as understand and be able to use
the machine's safety and warning equipment.
Prohibited operation
Machine operation is prohibited:
• If safety and warning equipment such as rear view mirrors,
headlights, etc., do not function correctly.
• In case of defective brakes, steering or lifting equipment.
• If there are unauthorised persons or vehicles within the machine's
work area.
• If the machine has been repaired, modified or adjusted without the
supervisor's/work management's permission.
• If the machine is equipped with tyres not approved by Cargotec.

8 2 Safety – Safety and emergency equipment
2.1 Safety and emergency equipment

General
A good working environment has safety and emergency equipment
to make the operator's work easier and safe. The machine may be
equipped with the following safety equipment.
1. Control breaker for hydraulics (servo circuits). 9. Back-up light.

Cuts off all power supply and control signals to hydraulics. 10. Reverse alarm .
2. Back-up camera without distance warning . 11. Fire extinguisher .
Back-up camera with distance warning . A fire extinguisher may also be located in the cab.
3. Buzzer in cab to indicate alarm or forgotten action, for If the machine is equipped with fire extinguisher then it
example, leaving cab without applying the parking brake. must be approved in accordance with European standard
4. Tyre pressure monitoring system that alerts if incorrect EN3. The fire extinguisher must be selected so that
tyre pressure is detected . it is designed for use against fires in: fibrous fuels
(Class A), liquid fuels (Class B), gaseous fuels (Class
5. Revolving beacon . C) and electrical appliances. Adapted fire extinguishing
6. Seat belt, 2-point. equipment can be ordered from Cargotec.
Seat belt, 3-point . 12. Fire extinguishing system .
Seat belt, passenger seat . Can be activated automatically, manually on the display in
the cab or with switch on the chassis.
7. Switch in driver's seat.
13. Horn.
Locks the transmission in neutral position and blocks
the load handling functions if the operator leaves the 14. Electrically powered loud air horn .
operator's station. In addition, a warning is activated if the 15. Buzzer automatic spreading 20' – 40' .
operator leaves the operator's station without applying
the parking brake. 16. Camera at twistlocks .
8. Emergency exit from cab, right-hand door . 17. External rear view mirrors.
Ladder on right-hand side for evacuation of high-level cab Used to provide improved visibility while manoeuvring and
. load handling. A rear view mirror on each side.

2 Safety – CE-marking 9
2.2 CE-marking
CE-marking
(Declaration of Conformity, only applies to machines marketed
within EU/EEA.)
This machine is CE marked. This means that upon delivery it fulfils the
applicable "Essential Health and Safety Requirements" specified in
the EU Machine Directive, 2006/42/EC, as well as other EU directives
relevant to this machine type.
As proof that the requirements are fulfilled, the machine is provided

with an EC Declaration of Conformity, issued by Cargotec for every
machine. The EC declaration also includes tools and options produced
by the Cargotec. The documentation is a valuable document that
must be properly preserved and saved for at least 10 years. The
documentation must always follow with the machine when it is sold.
Machine plates for CE marking
See example of EC Declaration after 11 Index.
Anyone making modifications that affect the safety of the machine

also assumes responsibility for them. If the machine is used for other
purposes or with other tools than what is specified in these instructions,
safety must be ensured in each individual case. The machine owner
is responsible that the machine is used in accordance with the
instructions in the operator's manual. In some cases the application
area may require a new CE marking and issue of new EC declaration
of conformity.
For additional information, see standards under chapter 8 Environment

and standards.

10 2 Safety – ANSI/ITSDF marking
2.3 ANSI/ITSDF marking

ANSI/ITSDF marking
(Only applies to machines for the North American market.)
This machine is ANSI/ITSDF marked. This means that upon delivery it

fulfils the basic safety requirements of ANSI/ITSDF B56.1.
Anyone making modifications that affect the safety of the machine also
assumes responsibility for them.
If the machine is used for other purposes or with other tools than what
is specified in these instructions, safety must be ensured in each
individual case. The machine owner is responsible that the machine is
used in accordance with the instructions in the operator's manual.
For additional information, see standards under chapter 8 Environment

Machine plates for ANSI/ITSDF marking, machine and standards.
and attachment

2 Safety – Keep in mind 11
2.4 Keep in mind

Interrupted operation and/or parking
WARNING
Always turn off the electric power when the machine is
left, e.g. when parking or at the end of the shift.
Risk of fire!
Turn off the electric power with the battery
disconnector.
For machines with SCR-system (emission control with AdBlue):
NOTE
Wait for two minutes before the system voltage is disconnected
with the battery disconnector so that the SCR system has time to
be drained of AdBlue, this is particularly important in cold weather.
NOTE
Never leave the operator's station without first applying the parking
brake (ON position).
NOTE
Always remove the start key if the machine is to be left unattended.
During work shifts
DANGER
The attachment is a tool that handles heavy loads.
Extreme hazard to personal health and risk of property
damage!
Never walk under hanging loads. Make sure that no
persons stand or walk under a raised work attachment,
regardless of whether it is loaded or not.
DANGER
External equipment may only be used if it is approved
by Cargotec.
damage!
Only use equipment that is approved by Cargotec.

12 2 Safety – Keep in mind
DANGER
The parking brake should never be applied when the
machine is moving, unless an emergency requires it.
Very heavy braking. Risk of machine tipping, load
tipping over, being dropped or damage to property
or extreme danger!
Stop the machine before applying the parking brake.
DANGER
The machine's work area is large and visibility from
the operator's cab is restricted.
damage!
Keep in mind:
• Always check that no persons are in the way of the
machine or its equipment. Also check that the area
upwards is free. If there are unauthorised persons
or vehicles within the work area then the machine
must be stopped.
• The operator must always face in the travel
direction and should operate with special care
where persons or vehicles may appear.
• The operator must adapt the speed to the load and
ground conditions, visibility, and wind conditions,
etc.
• The operator must pay extra attention and operate
with special care near electric power lines,
viaducts, docksides, ramps, doorways, etc.
• Always operate carefully so that the attachment
does not collide with posts, power lines, etc.
• Use available visibility-enhancing equipment such
as rear view mirrors and camera ( ).

WARNING
Transporting loads is associated with major risks.
Risk of roll-over and tipping over! Chance of load
damage to property! Extreme danger!
Respect the lifting capacity of the machine and
exercise the greatest caution during load handling:
• The machine must only be operated on even
surfaces, intended for the machine's total weight
and ground pressure.
• All transporting of loads must take place in
transport position. Exercise caution when
operating, think about the width and height so that
the mast or attachment does not collide with poles,
cables, etc.
• Do not transport the load in a higher position than
necessary since this may cause the machine to roll
or tip over.
• Always operate with the load facing uphill on an
uphill or downhill grade, never operate or turn
across a grade.
• Operate the machine in reverse if the transported
load obscures visibility to the front.
• No personnel may encroach or stand under a
raised load.
• The operator must avoid forceful acceleration
and heavy braking to prevent risk of tipping and
roll-over.
• The operator must always adjust the speed when
turning to prevent skidding and risk of roll-over or
tipping over.
In the event of tipping or roll-over, hold onto the
steering wheel and remain in the cab. Do NOT
attempt to jump out of the cab until any movement
of the machine has finished.
When handling special loads local regulations may
apply. Learn about them and follow them.
WARNING
The machine's load capacity is limited.
Risk of roll-over and tipping over!
It is forbidden to exceed the machine's load capacity.
See the rating plate and load diagrams.

WARNING
The strength of the roof window may be significantly
reduced in case of exposure to substances containing
aromatic hydrocarbons, ketones, esters, or chlorinated
hydrocarbons.
Low strength! Danger!
Check the surface layer of the roof window and
clean only with washer fluid or mild detergent. Rinse
thoroughly with lukewarm water afterwards. Replace a
damaged roof window that shows cracks or scratches
immediately!
WARNING
Lifting loads in very windy conditions is associated
with great difficulties.
Avoid lifting loads at wind speeds higher than 12.2 m/s.
WARNING
The machine emits exhausts during operation.
Health hazards and fatal danger in poorly ventilated
facilities!
If possible, avoid operating the machine indoors
in poorly ventilated premises. Use exhaust venting
equipment!
WARNING
Work position on the machine is located up high.
Risk of falling and bodily injury!
Always use steps and handles when you go up or
down from the machine. Always turn to face the
machine. Do not jump!

WARNING
No lowering of load handling equipment when control
is activated.
Risk of crushing! Make sure that nobody is under the
load handling equipment.
If the load handling equipment is blocked so that it
cannot be lowered to its original position, contact the
Cargotec Service organisation!
WARNING
Cab doors must always be closed when operating.
Risk of personal injury and crushing in the event of
roll-over and tipping!
Always close the doors during the work shift.
WARNING
Passengers may only be carried in the cab provided
that there is a seat available for passengers. Do not
carry passengers on the machine outside the cab or
on the load.
Risk of personal injury!
A passenger in the cab must use a permanently
mounted extra passenger seat and seatbelt.
WARNING
The machine's hydraulic system includes accumulators
with high pressure.
Always exercise extreme caution when working
with the hydraulic system and avoid unnecessarily
remaining close to hydraulic components or hoses.
The accumulators must be drained prior to work in the
hydraulic system (see Maintenance manual).

WARNING
Handle batteries and connectors with great care during
charging and boosting (jump starting). Do not mix
up the battery terminals! Follow the instructions for
starting with a booster battery!
Danger of short circuit! Warning - risk of hydrogen gas
forming! Danger of sparks and fire! Hydrogen gas is
very explosive!
Batteries must always be equipped with covers over
terminals and connections. Connect positive terminals
first. Then connect the negative terminals in order to
avoid sparks that could ignite the hydrogen gas.
WARNING
The machine uses oils and lubricants.
Health hazard in the event of protracted skin contact!
Avoid skin contact with oils and lubricants. Use
protective gloves.
CAUTION
AdBlue can irritate with skin and eye contact and if
inhaled.
Health hazard!
Handle carefully and avoid skin contact, wear
protective gloves. In the event of any contact with
the skin and spillage on clothing, wash the skin with
large quantities of water and change contaminated
clothing and gloves. In the event of eye contact, rinse
thoroughly with water for several minutes and seek
medical advice if necessary. If inhaled, breathe fresh
air and seek medical advice if necessary.
WARNING
Fire extinguishers contain dry chemicals.
Risk of breathing difficulties when using in an enclosed
space!
Use the fire extinguisher from the outside and into the
area to be extinguished. After use, ventilate the space
thoroughly.

CAUTION
Cracks or scratches result in reduced strength of the
roof window.
Low strength!
Replace a damaged roof window immediately.
CAUTION
The parking brake can be used as an EMERGENCY
BRAKE.
Brake shoe linings wear out and lose their braking
performance! Risk of unwanted movement by the
parked machine!
After emergency braking with the parking brake the
brake shoe linings must be checked as soon as
possible and replaced if necessary. Braking action of
the parking brake may be lost as the brake shoe linings
may have been worn down.
If the parking brake has been released mechanically
then it must always be reset to restore the machine's
parking brake function.
WARNING
Optional equipment such as two-way radio, remote
control door opener, etc. may emit non-ionising
radiation. Such equipment transmits within the
frequency band 100 - 500 MHz.
Danger of interference to active medical devices (e.g.
pacemakers).
Do not use two-way radios, remote control door
opener, etc. when someone with an implanted active
medical device is in the cab.
NOTE
Cargotec will not assume any responsibility for installed optional
equipment, which is not installed by Cargotec or an installer
approved by Cargotec.

18 2 Safety – Fire
2.5 Fire
Action in the event of fire
DANGER
In the event of fire the operator's safety must not be
compromised.
If given the opportunity, take the following action at
the slightest sign of fire:
1. Stop the machine and turn the ignition key to stop
position.
2. Leave the cab.
3. Switch off the system voltage with the battery
disconnector.
4. Alert the rescue services.
5. Try to extinguish the fire.
If this is not possible, leave the machine and the
risk area.
DANGER
Smoke can be extremely toxic.
Smoke subdues, suffocates and can kill people!
Smoke can cause damage to lungs and respiratory
organs even in small quantities.
Avoid breathing fumes, do not stand in the smoke.
Use breathing apparatus for fire fighting and work
with burnt material.

2 Safety – Fire 19
Fire prevention measures
DANGER
Residue from fuel, oils, grease or other flammable
materials on the engine or in the engine compartment
is a fire hazard.
Fire hazard!
Remove residue of flammable materials in the engine
compartment as soon as they are detected. Be extra
careful on hot surfaces such as exhaust systems,
manifolds or turbochargers. If leakage of oil, fuel or
coolant is detected, the reason should be investigated
and the fault corrected before starting the engine.
Make it a habit to make a visual inspection of the engine and engine

compartment during the daily inspection. This helps to quickly detect
if anything abnormal has happened or is about to happen. Look
particularly closely for oil, fuel, AdBlue or coolant leakage, loose bolts,
worn or poorly tensioned drive belts, loose connections, damaged
hoses and electrical cables. The inspection only takes a few minutes
and can prevent serious faults and costly repairs.
CAUTION
High-pressure washing of sensitive components may
lead to short-circuiting and cause malfunction.
Product damage!
Do not use a high-pressure washer on the cab, radiator,
battery compartment, electric components, control
units, connectors, cable joints, cylinder seals, stub
axles, axle seals and chains.
Action after fire

When handling a machine damaged by fire, or exposed to excessive
heat, the following safety regulations must always be followed:
• Check that the fire has been fully extinguished. Re-extinguish if
necessary.
• Make sure that system voltage is switched off with the battery
disconnector.
• Make sure that the machine is in a secure location, service position.
• Check for that there are no leaks which could cause damage to
the surrounding environment.
• Never touch the burned components with bare hands in order to
avoid coming into contact with molten polymer material.
• Use breathing apparatus, thick gloves and protective safety
goggles.
• Contact Cargotec.

20 3 Overview
3 Overview
3.1 Description DCU80–100
General
Machine DCU80–100 is a turret truck for empty container handling. It
has a maximum lifting capacity of 8 to 10 tonnes. The machine has a
one lifting mast. There are lift masts with different lifting heights, in a
duplex design.
This section provides a short presentation of the machine's parts, see

General, page 21.
3.1.1 Identification of the machine

Type designation of mast container handler
Each machine from Cargotec has a type designation. Example:
Type designation DCU100-45ES8 specifies the following:

• D - Diesel engine
• C - Counterweight forklift
• U – Generation
• 100 - Lift capacity, decitonne
• 45 – Axle distance, decimetre
• E - Empty container
• S – Attachment type, Single
• 8 - Lifting height, no. of 8'6” containers when stacking
Machine card
Cargotec machines are adaptable in different ways with product
alternatives and optional equipment. This is in order to satisfy as broad
a customer base as possible.
A machine card is supplied together with the spare parts catalogue.

The machine card contains complete specifications of the machine's
product alternatives and optional equipment.
The machine card must be updated when the machine is modified

and Cargotec must be informed.

3 Overview – Overview description 21
3.1.2 Overview description

General
This section provides a short presentation of the machine's parts, which
are pointed out in the overview figure below.
1. Load handling, lifting mast 5. Transmission

2. Load handling, attachment 6. Cab
3. Drive axle 7. Steering axle
4. Engine
Engine
The engine is either a 4-cylinder (Volvo TAD572VE) or 6–cylinder
(other models) turbocharged low-emissions engine with intercooler.
The engine provides the power for propulsion and hydraulics.
The machine is equipped with one of the following engine options:
DCU80–100-45E
• Volvo TAD572VE Stage 4/Tier 4f
• Volvo TAD850VE Stage 3A/Tier 3
• Cummins QSB6.7 Stage 3A/Tier 3
DCU80–100-45E HP (High Performance)

• Volvo TAD871VE Stage 4/Tier 4f
• Volvo TAD851VE Stage 3A/Tier 3

22 3 Overview – Overview description
Transmission
The transmission converts the engine's power to drive the hydraulics
and for propulsion of the machine.
Depending on machine model, the machine is equipped with one of

the following transmission options:
DCU80–100-45E
• Dana TE143xx
The transmission is fully automatic with torque converter and
freewheel function. It has 3 forward gears and 3 reverse gears.
The hydraulic pumps for working hydraulics are mounted on the
transmission.
DCU80–100-45E HP (High Performance)

• Dana TE144xx
The transmission is fully automatic with torque converter, freewheel
function and lock-up. It has 4 forward gears and 4 reverse speeds.
The hydraulic pumps for working hydraulics are mounted on the
transmission.
Drive axle
The machine is equipped with Kessler drive axle. The drive axle (front
axle) is equipped with differential and hub reductions of the planetary
gear type.
Brakes
The machine has a brake circuit and is equipped with hydraulically
operated brakes. The brake units consist of fully enclosed oil-cooled
disc brakes with external cooling.
The parking brake is electro-hydraulically operated and brakes with a

disc brake. The disc brake acts on the drive axle's input shaft. The
parking brake is applied by spring force and released by hydraulic
pressure. Parking brake application is automatic if the ignition key
lock is switched off.
Steering
The machine is steered with the rear axle. A double-acting hydraulic
cylinder acts on the wheel pair. The steering is linear, that is, the
steering angle is dependent on the number of steering wheel turns.
Load handling
The mast and sidelift attachment are used for load handling. The
load is manoeuvred in height, laterally and is tilted (angled) forward or
backward. The attachment is equipped with twistlocks to secure the
load. The attachment's gripping width is adjustable between 20' and
40'. Securing of loads and operation of the attachment are handled
electrically and hydraulically.
Control system
The machine has a computer-based control and monitoring system for
monitoring and controlling the machine's functions as well as handling
all functions in the machine, such as power electronics, drivetrain and
hydraulic system. The control system facilitates maintenance and
troubleshooting.

Cab
The cab consists of a supporting frame to withstand falling objects
in accordance with applicable standards. Controls, instrumentation
and equipment are based on common modules whose functions are
customisable. The cab is equipped with filtered inlet, recirculation as
well as heating or air conditioning .
The roof window is made of high-strength material and withstands

heavy blows, e.g. from falling objects.
Roll-bar is available as an option. This bar extends over the cab

and provides extra protection for the operator.
Hydraulic system
The hydraulic system includes the sub-functions of brakes and working
hydraulics. The working hydraulics include hydraulics for steering and
load handling.
The working hydraulics include hydraulics for steering, load handling

and cab functions. The working hydraulics are supplied by two variable
load sensing pumps. The hydraulic oil is cleaned with a return filter in
the hydraulic tank and a fine filter.
The brake system has a fixed gear pump, high-pressure filter and
accumulators.
Electrical system
The electrical system consists of electrical and electromagnetic
components such as battery, switches, cable harnesses, solenoid
valves, fuses and relays. It has a computer-based control system
which monitors and controls the machine's functions.

24 3 Overview – Overview description
Other equipment
Standard equipment
Standard equipment
1. Roof window wipers 12. Internal rear view mirror (right-hand side)
2. Interior lighting 13. Work lights, mast
3. Compartment for operator's manual in seat backrest 14. External rear view mirrors
4. Opening window right and left-hand door 15. Steps and hand rail for entry to the cab with non-slip
5. Door handle for cab instep plate on the steps and lower edge of the door sill
6. Storage compartment with bottle holder in left and right 16. Tinted windows
door side.
17. Revolving beacon
7. Wiper, windscreen
18. Back-up light
8. Fresh air filter ventilation
19. Tail lights, brake lights and direction indicators
9. Steering wheel and steering wheel shaft, adjustable
20. Horn
10. Work console, adjustable in four individual axes,
including electrically adjustable height and length position 21. Headlights, direction indicators and position lights
11. Storage compartment in right-hand arm rest 22. Work lights, attachment

Optional equipment
Optional equipment
1. Sun visor, front windscreen 20. Lockable tank cap

2. Sun visor, roof window 21. Courtesy lighting
3. Audio system with MP3, 24 VDC 22. Back-up alarm
4. Location for two-way radio 23. Mud flaps, front and rear
5. Alcolock 24. Nut protection
6. Diesel heater, engine and cab heater with timer
25. Central lubrication, machine
7. Tag reader (RFid) for operator identification
Central lubrication, attachment
8. Extra interior rear view mirror (left)
26. Auxiliary heater (electrical connection)
9. Seat for passenger with 2-point seat belt, to the left
of the driver's seat Equipment kit 1: engine and cab heater
10. Fire extinguishing system, display Equipment kit 2: start interlock, engine and cab heater
11. Driver's seat of another type Equipment kit 3: start interlock, engine and cab heater,
12. Electrical socket 2 x 24 V and 2 x 12 V hydraulic system tank heater
Electrical socket 2 x 24 V and 2 x 5 V (USB) 27. Fire extinguisher (other locations may arise)
13. Cab heater incl. 220V socket 28. Electrically powered loud air horn
14. Back-up camera with monitor 29. Indicator lights on attachment of LED type
Distance warning function for back-up camera 30. Non-slip plate on tank and wings (Not shown in
figure)
Camera twistlocks (wireless communication)
15. Writing table with light 31. Double steps and stairway at side (Not shown in
figure)
16. Bracket for computer and monitor, right-hand side
32. Raised cab location (600 mm) with double steps and
17. Extra work lights stairway (Not shown in figure)
18. Revolving beacon (at the top of the mast) 33. Laminated safety glass windscreen (AS1) (Not
19. Raised air intake with pre-cleaner shown in figure)

26 3 Overview – Plates
3.2 Plates
Product plates Europe
The following shows what product plates should be fitted on the
machine when operating in Europe. When ordering spare parts and in
case of enquiries always state model designation and serial number
in accordance with the plates. The plates' part numbers are stated
on each respective plate.
Machine for EU/ESS
Machine for EU/ESS

1. Machine plate (example), A54516.0300
T = Machine type
M = Machine model
S/N = Serial number/Year of manufacture
Q = Machine's classed lift capacity acc. ISO3691-1
P = Engine power
W = Machine's operating weight (without load)
Q, C, D, H = Approved load at lifting height (H) at respective
distance (so-called load centre) horizontally and vertically from
mast and attachment (D and C).
Machine plate can only be ordered with complete engraving.
2. Type plate for attachment (example)
SWL = Lifting capacity.
Weight = Attachment weight.
Type = Attachment type
Serial No. = Serial number.
Manufacturing Year = Year of manufacture.
Type plate can only be ordered with complete engraving.

3 Overview – Plates 27
1 Type plate for attachment (example), A33808.0800

Specifications for the machine's approved lifting equipment.
NOTE
The plate's design depends on type of attachment.
S/N= Serial number/Year of manufacture

A = Identification number for attachment
H = Lifting height
D = Centre of gravity distance
Q = Lift capacity
C= Centre of gravity's height. Distance from container's connection
point down to load's centre-of-gravity.
Plate can only be ordered with complete engraving.
Warning and information plates

The following figures show the warning texts and information texts
that are located on the machine. The operator must be aware of the
warnings and should also follow the instructions and information given
on the plates.
Make sure warning and information symbols on the machine and its
components are always easy to see and are legible. Plates that have
been damaged, illegible or painted over must be replaced immediately.
Frame, cab
Frame, cab
1. Lift point, 423049.0100
Attaching point for lift device when lifting of machines. There are
lifting points on:
• mast
000276
• rear

2. Transport lock A38769.0100.

Fastening point for machine transport lock.
016612
3. Warning! A26939
Warning! Read the operator's manual for information.
005223
4. Warning! A30536.0400
No passengers allowed. Passengers may only travel in the cab
005225
provided that it is equipped with a permanently mounted passenger

seat.
5. Warning! A30770.0200
Filling of refrigerant requires special competence and authorisation
(follow national legislation and local rules).
000282
6. Warning! A54527.0200
Air conditioning. Filling of refrigerant requires special competence
and authorisation (follow national legislation and local rules).
1 = Refrigerant, type
2 = Amount, kg
3 = Pressure, bar
1
2
012885
7. Plate for non-ionising radiation, A57336.0100 .

Must be fitted on machines equipped with two-way radio or other
form of customised optional equipment in the cab that may emit
non-ionising radiation. The sign can be ordered from Cargotec if
necessary.
012968

8.
Sticker, control lever EGO, A61054.3900.
Shows the different functions of the control lever.
Sticker, control lever Cobra, A60154.5300.

Shows the different functions of the control lever.
Safety
Safety
9. Warning! A32442.0100
Do not jump. Always stay in the machine when there is a risk of
roll-over and hold on to the steering wheel.
000284

10. Warning! A30531.0200

Risk of crushing.
11. Warning! A32441.0100

Do not stand on the marked area.
001491
12. Fire extinguisher, A43461.0100

Specifies where extinguishing is to be performed in the event of
a fire in the engine compartment. The nozzle for extinguishing is
pushed through the sign.
001833
A43461.0100
Electrical system
Electrical system
13. Plate battery voltage, A30534.0200
Switch off the battery voltage (with battery disconnector) when
removing/installing the mast. Otherwise sparks and short-circuiting
may occur.
001979
A30534.0200
Engine
Engine
14. Filling point, fuel, 450202.0100
D
000286
450202.0100
15. Filling point, AdBlue (filler cap)

16. Warning! A30530.0200

Rotating fan.
008149
A30530.0200
17. Warning! A30532.0200

Hot surfaces.
000850
18. Filling point, engine oil, A32439.0600
19. Warning! Filling point, coolant, A57775.0100

Use only ready-mixed recommended coolant.
013692
Power transmission, wheels
Power transmission, wheels

20. Filling point, transmission oil, A32439.0700
21. Inflation pressure, factory-fitted tyres

A32049.0100 1.0 MPa
000290
NOTE
Read chapter 6 Inspection and maintenance regarding safety when
handling wheels.

22. Warning! A30529.0100

Pressure. Always release the pressure from the accumulators
before working on the hydraulic system.
Work with the hydraulic system shall always be performed by
authorised personnel!
000294
Hydraulic system
Hydraulic system
23. Filling point hydraulic oil, 450203.0100
000292
24. Hydraulic pressure, A54518.4300

Indication of the machine's set pressures. The figures are
engraved.

Lifting mast and attachment
Lifting mast and attachment

25. Warning! A30771.0100
Do not walk under loads or attachments.
DANGER
The attachment is a tool that handles heavy
loads.
Extreme hazard to personal health and risk of
property damage!
Never walk under hanging loads. Make sure
that no persons stand or walk under a raised
000858 work attachment, regardless of whether it is
loaded or not.

34 4 Instruments and controls
4 Instruments and controls

General
Do not operate the machine before you know the position and function
of instruments and controls, and completely understand how they are
used!
This chapter gives general information about instruments, switches,

controls and other equipment in the machine's cab.
NOTE
Thoroughly read the following chapter about instruments and
controls.
Cab overview
1. Travel direction selector and parking brake 8. Right-hand dashboard panel, rear section
2. Multi-function lever 9. Arm rest and storage box
3. Steering wheel 10. Driver's seat
4. Steering wheel panel 11. Accelerator
5. Display with function keys 12. Brake pedals
6. Right-hand dashboard panel, front section 13. Control, driver's seat
7. Right-hand dashboard panel with linear levers or
control lever, centre section
Rear cab section, see Rear cab section, page 37.

4 Instruments and controls – Instruments and controls 35
Steering wheel panel
Steering wheel panel

14. Ignition key lock
14
21 22 23 30 16 17 15. Engine start and stop button
16. Indicator light, parking brake
17. Indicator light, high beams
18
18. Indicator light for active error codes
24 19
19. Indicator light for direction indicators
25 20 20. Warning lamp, by-pass of safety system
21. Switch for windscreen wiper, windscreen, continuous
26
22. Switch for windscreen wiper, windscreen, intermittent wiping
012692
23. Switch for windscreen flusher
27 28 29 32 31 33 15 24. Switch for windscreen wiper, roof, intermittent wiping
Steering wheel panel 25. Switch, windscreen wiper roof, continuous
26. Switch, windscreen wiper rear, continuous
27. Switch for windscreen wiper, rear, intermittent wiping
28. Light sensor
29. No function
30. Switch for manual shifting up
31. Switch for manual shifting down
32. Switch for automatic shifting
33. Travel direction indicator, Forward Neutral Reverse
Right-hand dashboard panel, front section
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 34. Control breaker

43
35. Spare
36. Recirculation switch
37. Switch for defroster
38. Switch for reduced fan speed
41 42 44 45 46 39. Switch for automatic regulation of air conditioning

40. Switch for increased fan speed
41. Switch for increased temperature
42. Switch for reduced temperature
012693
43. Switch for cooling

47 48 49 50 51 52 44. Switch for air distribution, to the floor
45. Switch for air distribution, to the operator
46. Switch for air distribution, to the roof
47. Switch for by-pass of safety system
48. Spare
49. Spare
50. Spare
51. Spare
52. Switch for audio off (radio)

36 4 Instruments and controls – Instruments and controls
Right-hand control panel, centre section
Right-hand control panel, centre section

53. Control for load handling
a Travel direction selector, Forward - Neutral - Reverse
b Control for lifting/ lowering
c Control for tilt
d Control for side shift
Control for spreading 20'–40' (Shift)
e Spare
f Spare
g Shift button
h Spare
i Switch to open the twistlocks
j Control for spreading 20'–40' (control lever Cobra)
54. Spare
55. Spare
56. Spare
57. Switch for automatic spreading 20'-40'
58. Switch for 30'-stop
59. Spare
60. Spare
61. Spare
62. Switch for twistlocks, automatic/manual twistlocks
63. Spare
64. Switch for horn
Right-hand dashboard panel, centre section

• Linear levers
• Control lever EGO
• Control lever Cobra

4 Instruments and controls – Instruments and controls 37
Right-hand control panel, rear section
Right-hand control panel, rear section

65. Switch for work lights on cab
66. Switch for work lights on mast
67. Switch for extra work lights
68. Switch for extra work lights on cab
69. Switch for back-up light
70. Switch for length adjustment of the right-hand control panel
Navigation up and down for control system when menus are active
71. No function
72. Switch for height adjustment of the right-hand control panel
Navigation right and left for control system when menus are active
73. Function keys and navigation wheel for control system
74. Switch for headlights
75. Switch, interior lighting
76. Switch, revolving beacon
77. Switch for flashing hazard lights
Right-hand dashboard panel, rear section and display
Rear cab section
Rear cab section

78. Cover lid
79. Electronic box with fuses and relays
Connector VDI
80. Key lock, by pass
81. Tag reader for operator identification
82. Timer diesel heater
Rear cab section

Roof panel
Roof panel
83. Light sensor
84. Not used
85. Indicator light for locked load
86. Indicator light, contact
Roof panel 87. Indicator light for unlocked load
Control for load handling

For more controls for load handling and their functions, see 4.6 Load
handling, page 57

38 4 Instruments and controls – Warning and indicator lights
4.1 Warning and indicator lights

General
This section describes the warning lamps and indicator lights in the
cab. They indicate the status of subsystems/systems. An illuminated
warning lamp should be attended to immediately. An illuminated
indicator light informs of imminent action.
Warning lamps and indicator lights are grouped in the steering wheel
panel. The brightness of the lamps is adjusted according to the
ambient lighting conditions. All lamps light up briefly when the ignition
is switched on .
Numbers in brackets refer to the positions in Cab overview, page 34.
Indicator light, parking brake (16)

The light (red) is activated when the parking brake is applied.
If the indicator light flashes, the parking brake has been applied
000311
automatically (not by the operator) when the machine has stopped,

or released by the operator without the service brake pedal being
depressed.
The service brake pedal must be pressed down and the lever moved to
the released position to release the parking brake, provided that the
brake system is adequately pressurised.
To activate the parking brake it is sufficient to move the lever to the
position for applying the parking brake.
The service brake must be activated when the parking brake is
released otherwise the indicator light for the parking brake flashes
(position 16) and the event menu is displayed, see Event menu release
the parking brake, description, page 77.
Indicator light, high beams (17)
The lamp (blue) is activated with headlamp flasher with the work lights.
000309
Indicator light for active error codes (18)

The indicator light (orange) shows that the control system has one or
more active error codes.
000299
Indicator light, direction indicators (19)

The lamp (green) flashes when the direction indicators or hazard lights
are on.
000310
Warning lamp, by-pass of safety system (20)

The warning light (orange) shows the by-pass of safety functions.
NOTE
000300
By-pass takes place as long as the switch for by-pass of safety

system (position 47) is activated.

4 Instruments and controls – Warning and indicator lights 39
Travel direction indicator, Forward Neutral

Reverse (33)
Travel direction indicator for F (Forward), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse)
is activated to indicate the selected direction.
000403
Indicator light for locked load (85)
The indicator light (green) is activated when the twistlocks are locked
and with that the load.
000312
Indicator light, contact (86)

The indicator light (orange) is activated when the attachment has
contact with the load.
012697
Indicator light for unlocked load (87)

The indicator light (red) is illuminated when the twistlocks are unlocked
and release the load.
000314

40 4 Instruments and controls – Ignition key lock and start and stop button for the engine
4.2 Ignition key lock and start and

stop button for the engine
General
This section describes starting and stopping the engine.
Ignition key lock function
0 Ignition voltage and drivetrain are switched off, the key can
be removed.
Voltage to certain functions such as interior lighting, pause
heater, alcolock and standby voltage control units.
I Ignition voltage switched on and drivetrain activated for
starting.
016968
14. Ignition
Start and stop button's function

The start button is used to engage the starter and is held down until
the engine starts. The ignition must be in the I position in order for
the start button to work. The engine can also be stopped by holding
the button down for one second.
NOTE
The machine is equipped with an electric restart interlock, which
prevents engagement of the starter motor when the engine is
rotating.
Conditions for the starter motor to engage are that the transmission
is in neutral position and that the engine is not already running.
012816
15
15. Start button

4 Instruments and controls – Ignition key lock and start and stop button for the engine 41
Alcolock function
The machine may be equipped with an alcolock. In order to start the

machine the operator must blow into the alcolock, which then measures
the alcohol content in the breath. A successful breath test permits
the machine to be started.
For information about handling, statistics, maintenance, etc., see the

manufacturer's instructions.
016631
Alcolock

42 4 Instruments and controls – Switches
4.3 Switches
General
This section describes the switches in the cab. Each switch controls
a function.
The switches on the panels have white pilot lights that change to
a green or red function light when the function is activated. The
brightness of the switches is adjusted according to the ambient lighting
conditions. All function lights in the switches light up briefly when the
ignition is switched on. Only the functions that are available on the
machine will display a white pilot light followed by a function light.
A white light in a switch indicates a function that can be activated.

The switch changes colour when a function is activated. When the
colour has changed to green, this indicates that the function has been
switched on.
Switch for windscreen wiper, windscreen,

continuous (21)
Switch (green) for the windscreen wiper on the front windscreen.
Continuous wiping. Wiping stops when the operator leaves the seat.
Reactivated when the operator sits in the driver's seat.
012705
Wiping windscreen is activated/deactivated with the press of a button.
NOTE
Do not use the wipers on dry or dirty windscreens without first
activating the windscreen washers. The roof window is especially
sensitive to scratching and can be damaged by dry wiping.
Switch for windscreen wiper, windscreen,

intermittent (22)
Switch (green) for the windscreen wiper on the front windscreen.
Intermittent wiping. Wiping stops when the operator leaves the seat.
Reactivated when the operator sits in the driver's seat.
012706
Intermittent wiping windscreen is activated/deactivated with the press

of a button.
The event menu appears when intermittent wiper mode is activated,

see Event menu intermittent wiper, description, page 78.
Two time intervals can be selected:

• Short interval - one press of the button.
• Long interval - a further press of the button.
• Switch off - a further press of the button.
NOTE

4 Instruments and controls – Switches 43
Switch for windscreen flusher (23)

Switch (green) for washing the screens. Washing occurs in the screens
where the wiper is activated.
012707
Pressing the button when no wipers are activated activates the front
wipers and washing on the respective windscreen.
Wiping temporarily changes over to continuous wiping with window

flushing.
Windscreen washing is active as long as the button is pressed down.
NOTE
Switch, windscreen wiper roof, interval (24)

Switch (green) for windscreen wiper on roof window. Intermittent
wiping. Wiping stops when the operator leaves the seat. Reactivated
when the operator sits in the driver's seat.
012715
Intermittent wiping is activated/deactivated with the press of a button.
The event menu appears when intermittent wiper mode is activated,

see Event menu intermittent wiper, description, page 78.

NOTE
Switch, windscreen wiper roof, continuous (25)

Switch (green) for windscreen wiper on roof window. Continuous
012714
Wiping is activated/deactivated with the press of a button.
NOTE
Switch, windscreen wiper rear, continuous (26)

Switch (green) for windscreen wiper on rear window. Continuous
012713
Wiping is activated/deactivated with the press of a button.
NOTE

Switch, windscreen wiper rear, interval (27)

Switch (green) for windscreen wiper on rear window. Intermittent
012712
Intermittent wiping is activated/deactivated with the press of a button.

NOTE
Switch for manual shifting up (30)

Switch (green) to shift up one gear. Shifting up takes place from
the current gear. If automatic shifting is selected, it is automatically
switched off if the switch for manual shifting up or down is activated.
012708
At the same time the switch colour for manual shifting up and down
goes from white to green.
The current gear is shown in the operating menu.
Switch for manual shifting down (31)

Switch (green) to choose to shift down one gear. Shifting down takes
place from the current gear. If automatic shifting is selected, it is
automatically switched off if the switch for manual shifting up or down
012709
is activated. At the same time the switch colour for manual shifting up
and down goes from white to green.
Downshift is activated with the press of a button. Manual shifting is

activated.
The current gear is shown in the operating menu.
Switch for automatic shifting (32)

Switch (green) for selecting automatic shifting.
Automatic shifting is activated by pressing a button. The automatic

012710
shifting function is disabled if the switch for manual shifting up or down

is activated.
Control breaker for hydraulics (34)

Cuts off all power supply and control signals to hydraulics.
019167

Recirculation switch (36)

Recirculation switch (green) If this function is activated, air circulates
inside the compartment without fresh air being taken from outside and
is used to prevent bad air, or unpleasant odours from entering the cab.
012717
Recirculation is activated/deactivated with the press of a button.
Switch for defroster (37)

The switch (green) for the defroster can be used to quickly demist the
windscreens. When the defroster is activated the function controls fan,
temperature and damper position.
012718
The defroster is activated/deactivated by pressing a button or with any
of the other switches for the system. The defroster function switches
off automatically.
For optimum output, close the two adjustable defroster nozzles on

the panel.
Switch for reduced fan speed (38)

Switch (green) to lower fan speed in the cab. When the fan speed
is controlled with the switch the automatic fan control is disengaged.
The automatic function is reactivated with the switch for automatic
regulation of air conditioning (position 39).
012719
Reduced fan speed is activated with the press of a button.
The fan speed is displayed in the operating menu.
The event menu appears when the fan speed drops, see Event menu
raise/lower fan speed, description, page 77.
Switch for automatic regulation of air conditioning

(39)
Switch (green) for automatic fan speed control, temperature control
and air distribution in the cab. With AUTO mode enabled, the control
system attempts to maintain the temperature set on the display. Fan
012720
speed, temperature control and air distribution in the cab take place
automatically.
Automatic regulation is reactivated with the press of a button if manual

control is selected with the buttons for air distribution or fan speed.
Temperature setting and fan speed are shown in the operating menu.
Switch for increased fan speed (40)

Switch (green) to increase the fan speed in the cab. When the
fan speed is controlled with the switch the automatic fan control is
disengaged. The automatic function is reactivated with the switch for
automatic regulation of air conditioning (position 39).
012721
Increased fan speed is activated with the press of a button.
The fan speed is displayed in the operating menu.
The event menu appears when the fan speed increases, see Event
menu raise/lower fan speed, description, page 77.

Switch for increased temperature (41)

Switch (red) to increase the cab temperature. Setting takes place in
steps of 0.5 °C.
012723
Temperature increase is activated with the press of a button.
The temperature range is 16 °C to 28 °C. Setting of max. temperature

switches off automatic climate control (control of fan, heat and air
distribution) and sets the heat valve in the max. position.
If necessary, cab air is cooled or heated to the set temperature.
Desired cab temperature is displayed in the operating menu.
The event menu appears when the cab temperature is increased,

Event menu raise/lower cab temperature, description, page 77.
Switch for reduced temperature (42)

Switch (blue) to decrease the cab temperature. Setting takes place in
steps of 0.5 °C.
012722
Temperature decrease is activated with the press of a button.
The temperature range is 16 °C to 28 °C. Setting of min. temperature

switches off automatic climate control (control of fan, heat and air
distribution) and sets the heat valve in the min. position.
If necessary, cab air is cooled or heated to the set temperature.
Desired cab temperature is displayed in the operating menu.
The event menu appears when the cab temperature is decreased,

Event menu raise/lower cab temperature, description, page 77.
Switch for cooling (43)
Cooling function switch (green).

012727
Cooling is activated/deactivated with the press of a button.
The system's cooling function does not start if the fan is switched off or
if the doors are open. The fan stops after a short period if the doors are
opened. If the doors are not closed after a further short period then the
cooling compressor will also be switched off.
Switch for air distribution, to the floor (44)

Switch (green) for air distribution, to the floor. When the air distribution
is controlled with the switch the automatic air distribution is disengaged.
012724
Air distribution toward the floor is activated/deactivated by pressing a

button. The air distribution can be combined toward the floor, operator
and roof.
The air to the operator is always available and is controlled manually

using the dampers on the panel.

Switch for air distribution to the operator (45)

012725
Switch (green) for air conditioning in intermediate position (towards
operator, floor and window). When the air distribution is controlled with
the switch the automatic air distribution is disengaged. The automatic
function is reactivated with the switch for automatic regulation of air
conditioning (position 39).
Air distribution is activated/deactivated with the press of a button.
Switch for air distribution to the roof (46)

Switch (green) for air distribution to the roof. When the air distribution is
controlled with the switch the automatic air distribution is disengaged.
012726
Air distribution toward the roof is activated/deactivated by pressing a

button. The air distribution can be combined toward the floor, operator
and roof.

Switch for by-pass of safety system (47)

Bypassing the machine's safety features. Rocker switch.
As an option, the by pass can be equipped with a code lock or key lock
012733
for certain functions . Refer to the detailed description, see Bypass

0 1 with code lock, page 48 or By pass with key, page 48.
The operator may, if the situation so requires, disconnect all safety

features on the machine.
Position 0, normal function.
Position 1, bypass of the safety system permits the following:

• Locking or opening of twistlocks without full contact.
• Spreading 20'-40' with locked twistlocks.
• Lifting past height limitation on machines with limited lifting
height, see Height limitation, page 183.
• Lifting without indication of locked or open twistlocks.
• Selection of travel direction without the sensor in the driver’s seat
indicating that someone is sitting in the seat, speed is limited to
10 km/h.
(The machine adopts neutral position when no one is sitting in
the driver’s seat.)
• Release of the parking brake in the event of a fault in the parking
brake or without the sensor in the driver’s seat indicating that
someone is sitting in the seat.
• Use of load handling functions at reduced speed without the sensor
in the driver’s seat indicating that someone is sitting in the seat.
• Lowering of load in the event of overload.
Warning lamp for by-pass (position 20), shows when the by-pass of
safety features is activated.

WARNING
Safety features are blocked.
No safety system is engaged!
Only use bypass in emergency situations!
WARNING
By-pass of load handling functions must not be used
during normal load handling.
damage.
Only use the bypass in emergency situations.
Bypass with code lock
Bypass with code lock means a code must be entered via the display
when certain functions are to be bypassed. The functions that can
have a code lock are divided into five groups Service technicians can
activate or disable the code lock for each group individually.
The right code must be entered in the service and settings menu in
order to activate the bypass, see 5.6.5 Menu for services and settings,
page 193. When the menus are unlocked the bypass works for all
functions.
By pass with key
By pass with key means that you can use a key to by pass certain
functions. These functions are divided into five groups. Service
technicians can activate or disable the key lock for each group
individually.
To activate the by pass, the key must be inserted in the lock and turned.
Switch for audio off (audio system) (52)
Switch (green) for audio off in the cab, e.g. dampening of the audio
012731
system's volume.
0 1
Position 0 – Function audio off is deactivated.
Position 1 – Function audio off is activated.

Control for load handling (53)

The machine can be obtained with either linear levers or control lever
for handling the load functions. There are symbols on the linear levers
for the lever's different functions, and there is a sticker on the right-hand
door window for the control lever, see Warning and information plates,
page 27. The symbols for the different functions are described below.
Travel direction (53a)
Travel direction (53a)

Linear levers:
Travel direction FORWARD – move the switch forward.
Travel direction NEUTRAL – move the switch up and down.
Travel direction BACKWARD – move the switch backward.

Control lever :
Travel direction FORWARD - move the lower thumb control forward.
Travel direction NEUTRAL – move the lower thumb control up or down.
Travel direction BACKWARD - move the lower thumb control backward.

Lift and lower (53b)
Lift and lower (53b)

LIFT - pull the lever backwards.
LOWER - push the lever forwards.
Tilt (53c)
Tilt (53c)
Linear levers:
TILT IN – pull the lever backwards.
TILT OUT – push the lever forwards.
Control lever :
TILT IN - move the whole control lever to the left.
TILT OUT - move the whole control lever to the right.

Side shift (53d)
Side shift (53d)

Linear levers:
SIDE SHIFT LEFT – pull the lever backwards.
SIDE SHIFT RIGHT – push the lever forwards.
Control lever :
SIDE SHIFT LEFT - move the upper thumb control to the left.
SIDE SHIFT RIGHT - move the upper thumb control to the right.

Spreading (53d)
Spreading (53d)
Linear levers:
SPREADING IN – hold in the shift key (g) and pull the lever backwards.
SPREADING OUT – hold in the shift key (g) and push the lever
forwards.
Control lever EGO :
SPREADING IN - hold in the shift key (g) and move the upper thumb
control to the left.
SPREADING OUT - hold in the shift key (g) and move the upper thumb
control to the right.
Open load securing (53i)
Open load securing (53i)

Lower the attachment so that full contact is obtained before depressing
the switch to open the locks.
OPEN LOAD SECURING – hold in the switch.
Spreading (53j)
Spreading (53j)
Control lever Cobra :
SPREADING IN – depress the left button (j).
SPREADING OUT – depress the right button (j).
Switch for automatic spreading 20' to 40' (57)
Switch (yellow) for automatic spreading of attachment to 40'. This

function is used to give automatic spreading of attachment at
instantaneous function selection with the control lever.
To stop an ongoing automatic 20' to 40' spreading, activate spreading

in or out of with the control lever.
Position 0 – Automatic spreading 20' to 40' not activated.
Position 1 – Automatic spreading 20' to 40' activated. ( If the function

for 30' stop activated, spreading stop takes place earlier, see Switch for
spreading stop at 30' (58), page 51.)
See Automatic spreading 20'–40', page 184.
NOTE
Automatic spreading can only be activated with closed doors and
released parking brake.

Switch for spreading stop at 30' (58)
Switch (green) for spreading stop at 30' for attachment.
This function is used to adjust the spreading of the attachment to the

container size (needs adapted). The distance for spreading stop at 30'
spreading stop is fixed (normally 30' or 35').
Dampening comes into force shortly before the preset value for the
stop. To continue spreading past the stop, activate the spreading
function and hold it activated with the control lever to reach the desired
position (end position is 40').
Position 0 – Spreading stop not activated.
Position 1 – Spreading stop activated. While spreading is in progress,

damping and stop take place automatically at the distance for spreading
stop.
See Spreading stop at 30' , page 184.
The function can be activated together with automatic spreading 20' to

40' , see Automatic spreading 20'–40', page 184.
Switch, load securing, automatic/manual locking

(62)
Switch (green) for locking the twistlocks. The switch is spring-loaded in
position 2.
Position 1 - Twistlocks are locked automatically when there is contact

with the load. The parking brake must be OFF, see position 1 and
indicator light for parking brake, position 16.
Position 0 - Locking of twistlocks not activated.
Position 2 - Twistlocks are locked manually. Button spring-returns.
Switch for horn (64)

012790
Switch for horn. Rocker switch.
Switch for horn in right-hand dashboard panel
Switch for work lights on cab (65)
Switch (green) for work lights on the cab. Also activates headlights,
012760
rear lights and side running lights.
Work lights on the cab are activated/deactivated with the press of a

button.
Work lights are turned off after idling for 5 minutes, extra work lights
after 2 minutes. Work lights are turned on again at throttle application,
gearshifting or activation of any load handling function.

Switch for work lights on mast (66)

Switch (green) for work lights on mast.
Work lights on the mast are activated/deactivated with the press of a
012762
button.
Switch for work lights on attachment (67)

Switch (green) for work lights on the attachment. Also activates
headlights, rear lights and side running lights.
012763
Extra work lights are activated/deactivated with the press of a button.
Work lights are turned off after idling for 5 minutes, extra work lights
after 2 minutes. Work lights are turned on again at throttle application,
gearshifting or activation of any load handling function.
Switch for extra work lights on cab (68)
Switch (green) for extra work lights on cab.

012764
Extra work lights on the cab are activated/deactivated with the press
of a button.
Switch for back-up light (69)

Switch (green) for back-up light.
Back-up light is activated/deactivated by pressing the button when

012765
travel direction reverse is selected. The function of the back-up lights

is reset after ignition off/on to be switched on when travel direction
reverse is selected.
Switch for length adjustment of the right-hand

control panel (70)
Switch (white) for length adjustment of the right-hand control panel.
Length adjustment is activated with the press of a button.
When you are logged into the control system's menus, the switch for
navigating up and down in the menus acts as a complement to the
function keys on the display.
012766
Switch for height adjustment of the right-hand

control panel (72)
Switch (white) for height adjustment of the right-hand control panel.
Height adjustment is activated with the press of a button.
When you are logged into the control system's menus, the switch for
navigating right and left in the menus acts as a complement to the
function keys on the display.
012767

Function keys and navigation wheel for control

system (73)
Function keys and navigation wheel for control system, see 4.11
Control system, page 64.
Switch for headlights (74)

Switch (green) for headlights. Also activates tail lights and side running
lights.
012771
The headlights are activated/deactivated with the press of a button.
Switch, interior lighting (75)

Switch (green) for interior lighting in cab.
The lighting is activated/deactivated with the press of a button.

012772
Switch for revolving beacon (76)

Switch (green) for revolving beacon used to attract attention in
connection with hazards.
012773
The revolving beacon is activated/deactivated with the press of a

button.
Switch for flashing hazard lights (77)

Switch (red) for flashing hazard lights used to attract attention in
connection with parking hazard.
012774
The warning beacon is activated/deactivated with the press of a button.

54 4 Instruments and controls – Travel direction selector and parking brake
4.4 Travel direction selector and

parking brake
General
This section describes the travel direction selector (position 1) that is
used to choose the direction and for the parking brake.
1. Travel direction selector on steering column
Selecting direction of travel

Travel direction is selected with the travel direction selector on:
F P • steering column
• control lever
The lever is spring-loaded and the selected direction of travel is shown

on the steering wheel panel.
N Selecting direction of travel:
• F - Forward. Move the lever forward for forward drive.
• N - Neutral. Neutral. Move the lever up or down for neutral.
• R - Reverse. Move the lever backward for reverse drive.
Manual shifting up and down is performed using the switch for manual
015430
R shifting up (position 30) and the switch for manual shifting down
(position 31). Selection of automatic shifting is done with the switch for
automatic shifting (position 32).
Travel direction selector on steering column

4 Instruments and controls – Travel direction selector and parking brake 55
Parking brake
Activation of the parking brake is performed with the travel direction
F P selector. Lift the control upward toward the steering wheel and then
move it forward to the parking braking position. The parking brake
indicator light shows when the parking brake is activated, see Indicator
light, parking brake (16), page 38.
Deactivate the parking brake by pressing down the service brake pedal
N and then move the travel direction selector from the parking position
to neutral/gear position. The event menu appears when you try to
release the parking brake without the service brake being pressed
down or when the brake pressure is too low, see Event menu release
the parking brake, description, page 77.
015430
R DANGER
or extreme danger!

56 4 Instruments and controls – Multi-function lever
4.5 Multi-function lever

General
This section describes the functions of the multi-function lever (position
2).
Light control
With headlights on: On machines with LED type headlights, the control
has no effect on the headlights.
With headlights off: The multi-function lever is used as a headlamp

015433
flasher. Move the control upward for high beam flash, return is
automatic.
Horn
Move the lever inwards towards the steering wheel for horn.
The horn can also be activated with the switch on the control lever,
015431
see Switch for horn (64), page 51.
Direction indicators
Move the lever backward or forward to indicate left and right travel
indication respectively.
015432

4 Instruments and controls – Load handling 57
4.6 Load handling

General
The machine can be obtained with either linear levers or control lever
(position 53) for handling the load functions.
This section describes the functions of the control for load handling
(position 53), see Control for load handling (53), page 49. The controls
operate functions for handling the mast and attachments. Some
hydraulic functions are controlled by switches, see 4.3 Switches, page
42.
There are function symbols for the linear levers on each lever, and
there is a sticker on the right-hand door window for the control lever,
see Warning and information plates, page 27.
It is possible to vary the speed of the different hydraulic functions, i.e.

lift, tilt, etc., by varying the extent of the lever deflection. It is also
possible to vary the speed of the hydraulic functions with the engine
speed (rpm).
The movements of the mast and attachment are dampened

automatically when approaching the end positions for spreading,
lift/lower and tilt (only together with OLS). The lower function is stopped
when both attachment lifting heads have been lifted from rest position.
Lowering speed is dampened automatically as the attachment

approaches a container.
In an emergency situation, all power hydraulics can be disconnected

with the control breaker for hydraulics (position 34).
WARNING
In an emergency! In the event of undesired
activation/movement of a function.
Risk of personal injury and/or property damage!
IMMEDIATELY TURN OFF all working hydraulics by
pressing the CONTROL BREAKER for hydraulics.
NOTE
The operator must sit in the driver's seat in order for the load
handling functions to work.
NOTE
Position of a control is need-adapted and may thus differ from this
section. See the plates on the machine.

58 4 Instruments and controls – Load handling
Right-hand control panel

The control panel to the right of the operator is adjustable in several
ways for optimum ergonomics.
1. Panel position is longitudinal.
Adjust the control panel to the desired position, see Switch for
length adjustment of the right-hand control panel (70), page 52.
2. Panel position is vertical.
Adjust the control panel to the desired position, see Switch for
height adjustment of the right-hand control panel (72), page 52.
3. The angle of the rear section.
Pull the control (position A) upwards and adjust the panel manually
A. Control for adjusting the rear section to the desired position.
B. Control for adjusting the centre section 4. The angle of the centre section.
Pull the control (position B) upwards and adjust the panel manually
to the desired position.
5. The angle of the control lever's grip.
Contact service.

4 Instruments and controls – Pedals 59
4.7 Pedals
General
This section describes the machine's foot-operated functions.
NOTE
The default pedal height setting can be changed by adjusting the
angle of their console. The adjustment must be performed by a
service technician.
11. Accelerator
12. Brake pedal
Accelerator (11)
The accelerator pedal (position 11) is electronic and controls the engine
speed via the CAN bus and the machine's control system.
Brake pedals (12)

The brake pedals (position 12) are hydraulic and connected to the
machine's hydraulic system. The brake pedals are used for service
brake.
The accumulator stores energy so that there is brake pressure even if

the engine stops. The event menu appears if the accumulator pressure
drops too low, see Event menu low accumulator pressure, description,
page 70.
The service brake is combined with declutching the transmission and

at a certain brake pressure the drive is fully declutched. The brake
pressure level is adjustable within specific minimum and maximum
values and adjustability is dependent on the machine model, contact
Cargotec service if values need to be adjusted.

60 4 Instruments and controls – Steering wheel
4.8 Steering wheel

General
This section describes controls for steering. The following alternatives
are available for steering the machine:
• adjustable steering wheel (position 3)
Steering wheel
Clockwise rotation of the steering wheel steers the machine to the
right, and vice versa.
The angle and height of the steering wheel and steering wheel panel
can be adjusted to the desired operating position.
A. Steering wheel's height.
To adjust: Move upper control upward.
B. Steering wheel panel angle.
To adjust: Move upper control downward.
C. Steering wheel shaft angle.
To adjust: Loosen the lower handle and adjust to the desired
position. Tighten the handle firmly after adjusting.

4 Instruments and controls – Driver's seat 61
4.9 Driver's seat

General
This section describes the driver's seat (position 10) in the cab.
Driver's seat
Standard seat
Standard seat
The driver's seat is equipped with several controls for adjustment as
follows (adjustment is easier when nobody is sitting in the seat):
1. Seat belt, 2-point.
Seat belt, 3-point .
2. Lower back (lumbar) support.
Turn knob until desired firmness in lumbar support is obtained.
3. Back rest angle.
Release the lock with the lever, set the desired tilt angle and
release the lever to lock in the desired position.
4. Longitudinal adjustment.
Release the seat with the lever, set the desired distance and
release the lever to lock in the desired position.
5. Height of seat.
Turn the knob until desired height position is obtained.
6. Angle setting
Turn the knob until the damping suits the body weight.
7. Seat tilt.
Release the tilt with the control, set the desired tilt and release the
control to lock in the desired position.
Driver's seat with adjustment possibilities
8. Seat length.
Release the seating length using the control, set the desired length
and release the control to lock in the desired position.
The standard seat can be equipped with the following options:

• Head rest.
• Arm rest on the left-hand side.
Optional seat
As an option, the machine can be equipped with seats of a different

make and with other functions.
Passenger seat
Passenger seat
As an option, the machine can be equipped with a folding passenger

seat with two-point belt on the left of the driver's seat.
To fold up the seat:

1. Raise the seat past folded-up position.
2. Pull the seat towards the driver's seat.
3. Lower the seat and check that the recess on the seat cushion's
frame is secured against the bracket (see figure).

62 4 Instruments and controls – Heating / Air conditioning
4.10 Heating / Air conditioning

General information on air conditioning
This section describes function of:
38 39 40 43
• The heating system, EHC. EHC automatically regulates the fresh
air flow and air distribution in the cab and constantly strives toward
regulating the temperature to a selected temperature level. It
37 cannot cool the fresh air, but warms it if necessary to achieve the
selected temperature.
36 • Air conditioning, ECC. The ECC automatically regulates air flow
and air distribution in the cab and it constantly strives to regulate
35 the temperature to a selected comfort level by heating or cooling
the air in the cab to the selected temperature.
The heating/air conditioning system receives heat from the engine's

cooling system and provides heat when the engine is warm. Cooling
012820
41 42 44 45 46 performance is generated by the cooling compressor (for ECC).
Panel for heating and air conditioning system The system is controlled by fan, heat and air distribution as well as
function for recirculation and defroster:
• Automatic control of the fan speed, temperature control and air
distribution in the cab is activated by switch (position 39). With
AUTO mode enabled, the control system attempts to maintain
the temperature selected on the display. Both fan speed and
temperature control are automatic.
• Heat (and cooling performance for ECC) is controlled
with temperature switches (position 41, 42). Cooling is
activated/deactivated with the switch for cooling (position 43).
When adjusting the temperature the event menu appears on the
display, Event menu raise/lower cab temperature, description,
page 77.
• If necessary, the airflow can be adjusted manually with the switch
for the fan (position 38, 40). When adjusting the fan speed the
event menu appears on the display, Event menu raise/lower fan
speed, description, page 77.
• If necessary, the air distribution can be adjusted manually with the
switch for the air distribution (position 44, 45, 46). The fresh air
intake is equipped with a fine filter. Filter replacement is indicated
on the display by a filter monitor.
The air to the operator is always available and is controlled
manually using the panel nozzles.
NOTE
Filter replacement is first indicated in the event of high fan capacity
use.
Fresh air inlet for cab • If necessary, the recirculation of cab air can be activated/deactivated
with the switch for recirculation (position 36).
• Defroster for fast demisting of windows is activated/deactivated
with the switch for defroster (position 37). As there is no cooling
function on machines with EHC the dehumidification function may
be less effective.
NOTE
Operator's door and windows shall be closed for satisfactory
function of the system.
For ECC: A short while after one of the doors is opened, the fan is
switched off. After an additional period the air conditioning system's
cooling compressor shuts off (cooling function and air- drying
stops). Close the door and the cooling compressor and fan are
activated again. The function can be turned off via the machine's
settings in the service menus.

4 Instruments and controls – Heating / Air conditioning 63
The current settings for the heating/air conditioning system are shown
in the display.
For information on the switches, see 4.3 Switches, page 42.
For information on the display, see 4.11 Control system, page 64.
Diesel heater
As an option the machine can be equipped with diesel heater for

heating the cab and the engine without the engine being started. The
diesel heater heats and circulates the engine's coolant. The diesel
heater is controlled by a separate timer, with the display mounted on
the panel below the rear window on the left-hand side of the cab.
When the coolant has reached the required temperature, the cab fan is
activated in order to heat the cab. If the battery voltage becomes too
low then the heater is switched off automatically.
A. Menu bar For setting the diesel heater's timer, see Setting the diesel heater, page
172.
B. Status field (Main menu)
Input field (Submenu)
C. Selection front / rear
D. Button 1
E. Button 2

64 4 Instruments and controls – Control system
4.11 Control system

General
This section describes the control system (position 73) and the
information that can be obtained from the operating menus (position 5).
The machine is equipped with an electronic system for control and

monitoring of the machine's different functions.
The system gives the operator information in the form of:

• Error code information
Three levels of error code information can be shown. In the event
of a new error code, error code information is shown over the
entire display. See 5.3 Error codes, page 88.
• Operating information
Operating information includes, for example, machine speed,
engine rpm, fuel level, etc.
• Event-controlled information
Event-controlled information is, e.g. contact and overload.
Information is presented on the display (position a). The function keys

(position c-e) are used to navigate the display menus and confirm
selections. Figures are stated with example data.
The information in the display can be selected to show values with

metric (SI) or imperial (US) units, see Setting of display units, page 188.
a. Display
b. Pop-up for button function
c. Enter/YES/Save
d. Navigate through menus/adjust values with the
wheel or buttons , , or
e. Exit/NO

4 Instruments and controls – Control system 65
Description
The loop for the operating menus is described in this section.
Example of operating menus 4. Engine operating menu

1. Operating menu 5. Transmission and hydraulics operating menu
2. Operating menu trip computer work shift 6. Operating menu electrical system
3. Operating menu extra functions, e.g. scales 7. Operating menu customer settings

66 4 Instruments and controls – Operating menus
4.11.1 Operating menus

Description
After starting the machine the operating menu is displayed with engine
speed, speed, time, fuel level and information on the current setting for
the heating or air conditioning system.
a. Time.
b. Field for the four event menus with the highest priority and which
have status indicators. When there are only up to two event menus
with status indicators, status for heating or air conditioning is
shown in the lower part of the field.
c. Fuel economy. The green field indicates economical driving while
the red field indicates uneconomical driving that consumes a lot
of fuel.
d. Speed in km/h.
e. Eco Drive Mode setting. Eco Drive Mode, page 161. Selected
mode has white text, the row is only shown on machines with Eco
Drive Mode.
f. Fuel level.
g. Current gear.
In the event of a fault in the transmission, this is indicated with gear
number between 10-15, which corresponds to the current gear +
10. Contact service for troubleshooting.
h. Engine speed.
i. Utilised load capacity, the bar shows load 0-100%.
j. Operating time in hours (h).
k. AdBlue level (only applies to specific engine options).
l. Scales, current weight in tonnes or lbs (pounds).
4.11.1.1 Operating menu trip computer work shift
Operating menu trip computer work shift, description
Trip computer for work shift shows current work shift machine statistics
since last reset to zero.
a. Instantaneous fuel consumption in litres per hour.
b. Average fuel consumption, in litres per hour.
c. Estimated operating hours to empty tank in hours and minutes.
d. Current engine speed in revolutions per minute.
e. Current speed in km/h.
f. Average speed in km/h.
g. Driving distance in kilometres.
h. Number of lifts.
Trip computer work shift is reset automatically if the machine has been
switched off for longer than two hours or manually with .

4 Instruments and controls – Operating menus 67
4.11.1.2 Operating menu scales
Operating menu scale, description
a. Displays the tare in tonnes or lbs (pounds).

b. Current weight in tonnes or lbs (pounds) (net weight).
c. Total weight in tonnes or lbs (pounds) (gross weight).
To operate the scales, see Scales, page 185.
4.11.1.3 Operating menu tyre pressure
Operating menu tyre pressure, description
Operating menu tyre pressure shows the current pressure in the tyres
and, together with the event menus, warns of low tyre pressure in two
stages with a coloured frame around the tyre in question.
a. Shows the air pressure in the left-hand steering wheel in bar or psi.
b. Shows the air pressure in the right-hand steering wheel in bar or
psi.
c. Shows the air pressure in the left-hand outer drive wheel in bar
or psi.
d. Shows the air pressure in the left-hand inner drive wheel in bar
or psi.
e. Shows the air pressure in the right-hand inner drive wheel in bar
or psi.
f. Shows the air pressure in the right-hand outer drive wheel in bar
or psi.
Green frame indicates that the tyre pressure is approved.
Yellow frame indicates that the tyre pressure is high or low and activates
the event menu, see Event menu tyre pressure, description, page 73.
Red frame indicates that the tyre pressure is incorrect (too high or low)
and activates the event menu, see Event menu incorrect tyre pressure,
description, page 70.
4.11.1.4 Engine operating menu
Engine operating menu, description

a. Shows current engine coolant temperature in °C or °F.
b. Shows current engine oil pressure in bar or psi.
a b
014519

68 4 Instruments and controls – Operating menus
4.11.1.5 Transmission and hydraulics operating menu
Transmission and hydraulics operating menu,

description
a. Shows the current transmission oil temperature in °C or °F.
b. Shows the current hydraulic system oil temperature in °C or °F.
a
014520
4.11.1.6 Operating menu electrical system
Operating menu electrical system, description

a. Shows the current battery voltage in volts.
4.11.1.7 Operating menu customer settings
Operating menu system, description

a. Number of active error codes with error code level stop.
b. Number of active error codes with error code level warning.
c. Number of active error codes with error code level information.
d. Menu for customer settings such as date and time, SI/US units, Eco
Drive Mode , automatic start and stop function and language.
e. Menu for statistics, history and operating hours.
f. Menu for services and settings.
g. Menu for machine check.
h. Menu for active error codes.
i. Menu for inactive error codes.
For a more detailed description of the different submenus, see 5.6

Customer settings via display, page 186.

4 Instruments and controls – Event menus 69
4.11.2 Event menus

General
Event menu categories
The control system attracts the operator's attention to important

information by showing the event menus on the control system display.
The event menus are divided into the categories: STOP, WARNING,
INFO and NOTICE. Each menu is displayed with an icon with a border
around it. The severity of the menu is indicated by the colour of the
border around the function symbol.
Some event menus give an audio signal to attract the operator's

attention.
Table Event menu categories

Example figure STOP Red border.
a. The colour of the border indicates the category
of the event menu. WARNING Yellow border.
b. Symbol for the current function. INFO Grey border.

NOTICE No border.
Event menus with the level STOP, WARNING and INFO menus can
be acknowledged with otherwise they automatically disappear
when the state that generated the event ends. Event menus with
the level NOTICE automatically disappear. Menus that have been
acknowledged can be displayed with the current symbols in the status
field to the left. The event menus are ranked according to a priority
order in which those with the highest priority are displayed in the status
field. Not all event menus have status indicators and no icon will appear
in the status field for these. If there are more than four active event
menus, those with the highest priority are displayed, yet all menus
with status indicators are placed in a queue and are displayed when
there is space in the status field. If there is space in the status field,
information for the heating or air conditioning system will be shown in
the lower part of the field.
How each event menu affects the machine's different functions is

described under each event menu.
4.11.2.1 Event menu brake temperature
Event menu brake temperature, description

The figure is shown if:
• the temperature of the brakes is too high.
The machine's speed is limited for safety reasons when the
temperature is too high.
If the figure is shown, let the machine idle until the brake temperature
has reached the normal level. The display then disappears. The
display can be removed with the function key .
014984

70 4 Instruments and controls – Event menus
4.11.2.2 Event menu low accumulator pressure
Event menu low accumulator pressure, description

• The hydraulic oil pressure in the brake system is too low. The red
border is not displayed for a specific time during startup when the
pressure is being built up. The current pressure is shown in the
menu.
The event menu disappears when the hydraulic oil pressure has
reached the right level. The display can be removed with the function
015440
key .
Event menu incorrect tyre pressure, description

• The tyre pressure becomes too low. Current tyre pressure for all
tyres is shown in the menu, a tyre with pressure too low has a
red frame in the menu.
• The tyre pressure becomes too high. Current tyre pressure for all
tyres is shown in the menu, a tyre with pressure too high has a
red frame in the menu.
If the figure is shown (and speed limitation occurs):

• Set down the load in a safe manner and immediately call a service
technician to check the tyre pressures.
WARNING
Incorrect tyre pressure means that the stability of the
machine is reduced and that the tyres and rims are
subjected to abnormal loads.
Do not use a machine with incorrect tyre pressure.
The event menu disappears when the tyre pressure has reached the
correct level. The display can be removed with the function key .
4.11.2.3 The event menu parking brake not activated

and no operator in the driver's seat
The event menu parking brake not activated and no

operator in the driver's seat, description
• The parking brake is not activated and the operator is not sitting
in the driver's seat.
The event menu disappears when the operator sits in the driver's seat,
or when the parking brake is activated. The display can be removed
with the function key .
015441

4.11.2.4 Event menu AdBlue end

Event menu AdBlue end, description
Only applies to machines with Volvo TAD572VE and Volvo TAD871VE
Stage 4/Tier 4f

• There is a fault in the supply of AdBlue.
• The engine indicates low AdBlue level.
Emission is control not working and engine power is limited.
016679
If the figure is shown, top up the AdBlue. The display then disappears.
The display can be removed with the function key .
NOTE
Fuel and AdBlue must be filled at the same time.
4.11.2.5 Event menu engine coolant temperature

Event menu engine coolant temperature, description
• The coolant temperature is high.
If the figure is shown, check that the engine's cooling fan has been
activated and allow the machine to run at idle until the coolant
temperature has reached normal level. The display then disappears.
014987
4.11.2.6 Event menu oil temperature transmission

Event menu oil temperature transmission, description
• Transmission oil temperature is high.
If the figure is shown, check that the engine's cooling fan has been
activated and allow the machine to remain at idle until the transmission
oil has reached normal temperature. The display then disappears. The
014988
4.11.2.7 Event menu oil temperature hydraulics

Event menu oil temperature hydraulics, description
• The hydraulic system's oil temperature is high.
If the figure is shown, let the machine stand and idle until the hydraulic
oil has reached the normal temperature. The display then disappears.
015479

4.11.2.8 Event menu height warning
Event menu height warning, description
The figure is shown when:

• set lifting height is reached.
See Height warning, page 183.
4.11.2.9 Event menu height limitation
Event menu height limitation, description

• set lifting height is reached. Lift movement is stopped.
If the figure is shown, lower the load. The display then disappears. The
function can be bypassed, see Height limitation, page 183.
4.11.2.10 Event menu overload lift
Event menu overload lift, description

• The lifting equipment is overloaded. OLS monitors and shows
a pop-up in the event of overloading. OLS can also be set via
configuration setting to actively intervene and stop the lifting in
the event of overloading.
The event menu disappears when the overload ceases. In the event
of overload the load can always be lowered and tilted out to withdraw
from the overload situation. The display can be removed with the
function key .
4.11.2.11 Event menu overload tilt
Event menu overload tilt, description

configuration setting to actively intervene and stop the tilt function
in the event of overloading.
function key .

4.11.2.12 Event menu overload lift and tilt
Event menu overload lift and tilt, description

configuration setting to actively intervene and stop the lift and tilting
in the event of overloading.
function key .
Event menu tyre pressure, description

• The tyre pressure becomes low. Current tyre pressure for all tyres
is shown in the menu, a tyre with low pressure has a yellow frame
in the menu.
• The tyre pressure becomes high. Current tyre pressure for all
tyres is shown in the menu, a tyre with high pressure has a yellow
frame in the menu.
In case the figure is shown:

• Finish the work shift and call a service technician as soon as
possible to check the tyre pressures.
WARNING
Incorrect tyre pressure means that the stability of the
machine is reduced and that the tyres and rims are
subjected to abnormal loads.
Do not use a machine with incorrect tyre pressure.
The event menu disappears when the tyre pressure has reached the
correct level. The display can be removed with the function key .
4.11.2.13 Event menu automatic spreading 20'–40'
Event menu automatic spreading 20'–40', description

• Automatic spreading of attachment 20' to 40' in progress. To stop
an ongoing automatic 20' to 40' spreading, activate spreading in or
out of with the control lever. The display then disappears.

4.11.2.14 Event menu contact
Event menu contact twistlocks, description

• Only one side of the attachment has contact with the load during
contact. The side that has contact is filled in.
When both sides have contact, the display figure disappears and
the load can be locked.
In the event that the image is shown, operate the attachment until
full contact is achieved. You cannot secure the load until this has
happened. When correct contact with the load has been achieved, the
load can be locked. The display then disappears.
4.11.2.15 Event menu load securing
Event menu load securing, description

• The attachment's sensors cannot detect whether the load is in
locked or unlocked position. Figure is shown during lift.
When all sensors have contact, the display figure disappears.
In case the figure is shown:

• Operate the attachment until full contact is achieved and
twistlock/hooks are in correct position. The display then
disappears.
• Open and lock the load (use switch for by pass of safety system
(position 47) if necessary). The display then disappears.
When the hook attachment is used, the load slides forward slightly
during lifting. This means that the sensors lose contact with the
load.
4.11.2.16 Event menu seat belt
Event menu seat belt, description

• The belt is not fastened and the speed exceeds 3 km/h
If the figure is shown, fasten the seat belt. The display then disappears.

4.11.2.17 Event menu low accumulator pressure

Event menu low accumulator pressure, description
• Try to release the parking brake when the accumulator pressure
is low.
If the figure is shown, wait until the pressure is built up in the

accumulators and release the parking brake. The display then
disappears. The display can be removed with the function key .
4.11.2.18 Event menu parking brake

Event menu parking brake, description
• The parking brake is activated and you try to engage a gear.
• The parking brake is activated and you try to activate the automatic
functions that require the parking brake to be released.
Release the parking brake and the display disappears. The display can
be removed with the function key .
014990
4.11.2.19 Event menu low AdBlue level

Event menu low AdBlue level, description
Stage 4/Tier 4f

• The level in the AdBlue tank is low.
014991
NOTE
4.11.2.20 Event menu AdBlue

Event menu AdBlue, description
Stage 4/Tier 4f

• There is a fault in the supply of AdBlue.
• The engine indicates low AdBlue level.
016680
NOTE

4.11.2.21 Event menu low fuel level
Event menu low fuel level, description

• The level in the fuel tank is low.
If the figure is shown, top up the fuel. The display then disappears. The
For machines with Volvo TAD572VE and Volvo TAD871VE Stage

4/Tier 4f
014992
NOTE
4.11.2.22 Event menu battery capacity
Event menu battery capacity, description

• The battery capacity is becoming low.
If the figure is shown, check battery voltage and charge or replace the
batteries. The display then disappears. The display can be removed
with the function key .
014993
4.11.2.23 Event menu no operator in seat
Event menu no operator in seat, description

The figure is shown with:
• Attempt to engage a gear without anyone sitting in the driver's
seat. The transmission then goes to neutral and the gear must be
engaged again once the operator sits in the seat again.
• The working hydraulics are activated without anyone sitting in the
driver's seat.
If the figure is shown, sit down in the seat and select the gear again
014994
to activate the working hydraulics. The display then disappears. The

4.11.2.24 Event menu open door
Event menu open door, description

• A function is limited because the door(s) is/are not closed.
In the event that the display is shown, close the door(s). The display
then disappears. The display can be removed with the function key .
015206

4.11.2.25 Event menu release the parking brake
Event menu release the parking brake, description

• Attempt to release the parking brake is made without the service
brake pedal being pressed down.
If the figure is shown, press down the service brake pedal and release
the parking brake. The display then disappears. The display can be
removed with the function key .
014995
4.11.2.26 Event menu preheating
Event menu preheating, description

• Preheating is activated.
The engine's control system activates the preheating during a time
period as necessary.
The event menu disappears when preheating is complete. The display

can be removed with the function key .
014997
4.11.2.27 Event menu raise/lower cab temperature
Event menu raise/lower cab temperature, description

• The cab temperature is raised or lowered. Desired temperature is
displayed in the menu.
The event menu disappears a short time after the most recent
temperature change with the cab temperature switches. The display
can be removed with the function key .
4.11.2.28 Event menu raise/lower fan speed
Event menu raise/lower fan speed, description

• The fan speed is raised or lowered.
The event menu disappears a short time after the last fan change
with the switches for fan speed. The display can be removed with the
function key .
014999

4.11.2.29 Event menu start interlock
Event menu start interlock, description

• The start interlock (Immobiliser) function prevents the operator
from staring the engine, e.g. with the alcolock.
• The starter motor has run too long. The engine's control unit stops
the starting attempt. A new attempt to start the engine can be
made when the starter motor has rested for a while. Applies to
Cummins QSB6.7.
• Engine or hydraulic oil heater is engaged.
015200
The event menu disappears when the conditions for starting the
machine are met. The display can be removed with the function key .
4.11.2.30 Event menu service
Event menu service, description

• Time to next service is approaching. The remaining time to service
in hours is shown in the menu.
Ensure that the machine is serviced according to the prescribed

intervals. The display can be removed with the function key .
4.11.2.31 Event menu control breaker
Event menu control breaker, description

• The control breaker is pressed in when specific functions are
activated.
• The control breaker is activated.
Reset the control breaker by turning it clockwise. The display can be

removed with the function key .
015444
4.11.2.32 Event menu intermittent wiper
Event menu intermittent wiper, description

• Slow intermittent wipers are activated.

015445


• Fast intermittent wipers are activated.
015446
4.11.2.33 Event menu speed limitation
Event menu speed limitation, description

• Functions in the machine are prevented because the speed is too
high.
If the figure is shown, reduce speed. The display then disappears.
4.11.2.34 Event menu speed limitation, warm-up mode
Event menu speed limitation, warm-up mode,

description
• The engine speed is limited in warm-up mode.
The display figure disappears when the engine has reached the correct
operating temperature. The display can be removed with the function
key .
4.11.2.35 Event menu battery charging
Event menu battery charging, description

• The engine's alternator does not charge the battery for a few
seconds.
If the figure is shown, increase the engine speed in order to increase

alternator output. The display disappears after 2 seconds when the
alternator is charging the battery. If the display does not disappear,
release the load safely, park the machine and contact service.

4.11.2.36 Event menu low coolant level engine
Event menu low coolant level engine, description

• The coolant level in the engine's expansion tank becomes too low.
If the figure is shown, release the load safely, park the machine and
check the coolant level, see Cooling system, general, page 210.
4.11.2.37 Event menu automatic stop function,

description
Event menu automatic stop function, description

The image is shown before:
• The engine is stopped by automatic engine shutdown, see
Automatic stop function, page 161.
The bar indicates remaining time until shutdown as a % of set time for
automatic shutdown.
4.11.2.38 Event menu operator identification
Event menu operator identification, description

• No tag for operator identification has been read.
The display disappears when operator identification is complete. The


4 Instruments and controls – Optional equipment 81
4.12 Optional equipment

Back-up camera and distance warning
General
As an option, the machine can be equipped with back-up camera.

There are two different systems with back-up camera.
• Back-up camera.
• Back-up camera with distance warning.
Back-up camera
The back-up camera is fitted in a recess in the counterweight and

the image is shown on a monitor in the cab. The monitor is fitted
on a hinged bracket to the right, in front of the door in the cab. The
back-up camera has a microphone, the audio is played back using a
loudspeaker in the monitor. Volume is adjusted using the Right and Left
buttons on the monitor (position A). The monitor brightness is adapted
automatically to the light in the cab by the light sensor (position F).
Lines are shown over the camera image that help to judge the distance
to the object in the picture.
The monitor can also be mounted on the left-hand side, in front of the
Monitor back-up camera door .
A. Right / Left (volume) The machine can be equipped with several cameras. Selection of
B. Up / Down camera display is made via the Confirm selection button on the monitor
C. Off / On (position D), the back-up camera is automatically selected when
reverse gear is activated.
D. Confirm selection (change camera)
E. Show menu More settings are available via the monitor's built-in menu system that
is shown with the Show menu button (position E). To navigate in the
F. Light sensor
menus, use the arrow keys (position A and B) and the button Confirm
selection (position D).

82 4 Instruments and controls – Back-up camera and distance warning
Back-up camera with distance warning
The back-up camera with distance warning uses the camera to show
the area behind the machine and ultrasonic sensors to warn of objects
in the area behind the machine. The distance warning system is only
active when reverse gear is selected.
The back-up camera is fitted in a recess in the counterweight and the

image is shown on a monitor in the cab. The monitor is fitted on a
hinged bracket to the right, in front of the door in the cab. The camera
has a microphone, the audio is played back using a loudspeaker in the
monitor. The monitor has four programmable shortcut buttons (position
D), the function of the buttons can be set using the menu system in
the monitor.
The sensors for distance warning are located on each side of the rear
counterweight. When objects are detected by the sensors the operator
A. Screen display off / on
is warned by coloured bars on the right-hand side of the monitor as well
B. Indicator light, power as by acoustic warnings (see below).
C. Light sensor
The monitor can also be mounted on the left-hand side, in front of the
D. Shortcuts 1 - 4 door .
E. Cancel
The machine can be equipped with several cameras. Selection of
F. Menu navigation camera display is made via the Confirm selection button on the monitor
G. Confirm selection (position D), the back-up camera is automatically selected when
reverse gear is activated.
More settings are available via the monitor's built-in menu system that
is shown when the Menu navigation button (position F) is pressed up
or down. To navigate in the menus, use the Menu navigation button
(position F) and confirm a selection by pressing the Confirm selection
button (position G), undo a selection or exit the menus by pressing the
Cancel button (position E).
Distance warning
Distance warning
Back-up camera with distance warning works in the same way as

the normal back-up camera but with the addition that it also warns of
objects behind the machine.
NOTE
The distance warning system should be seen as an aid when
driving at low speed. Always have a clear view of the area behind
the machine; personnel or other vehicles may enter the area behind
the machine.
Distance warning takes place in four stages with audio and visual
indication on the monitor.
Stage 1
A. Distance warning stage 1 and 2
• No objects within 3 metres behind the machine.
B. Distance warning stage 3
• Green constant indicator to the right of the monitor (position A).
C. Distance warning stage 4
Stage 2
D. Distance warning stage 4
• Object within 3.0 - 1.7 metres behind the machine.
• Yellow flashing indicator to the right of the monitor (position A) and
warning sound twice per second.
Stage 3
• Object within 1.7 - 0.7 metres behind the machine.
• Red flashing indicator to the right of the monitor (position B) and
warning sound four times per second.

4 Instruments and controls – Fire extinguishing system 83
Stage 4
• Object within 0.7 metres behind the machine or at the sides.
• Red constant indicator to the right of the monitor (position C), stop
symbol above image and constant warning sound.
Fire extinguishing system

General
As an option, the machine can be equipped with a fire extinguishing

system, see Emergency equipment, page 85.
The system is permanently mounted with both a manual and an

automatic trigger and a display. For more information, contact the
supplier of the system.
Vehicle Data Interface (VDI)

General
As an option, the machine can be prepared for connecting external

systems for reading operating data from the machine (e.g. Smartfleet).
On machines with VDI there is an extra connector (X039), the 9-pin

Universal mate-n-lock type, in the electronic box in the cab. The
connector contains the following connections:
1. CAN bus option (R+)
2. CAN bus option (R-)
3. Ignition voltage, 24 V 10 A
4. Battery voltage, 24 V 10 A
5. Ground
6. Not connected
7. Not connected
8. Not connected
9. Battery voltage before battery disconnector, 24 V 10 A (may
require extra installation on the machine)
For more information, contact Cargotec.
Smartfleet
General
Operator identification
Smartfleet is an option for process automation. Smartfleet reads

operating data from the machine via VDI. The information is sent
wirelessly to a central server for further processing. For more
information, contact Cargotec.
Operator identification
As an option for Smartfleet, the machine can be equipped with operator
identification. Operator identification uses identification tags and a tag
reader at the rear of the cab by the door.
Using operator identification, operator-dependent functions can be

selected in Smartfleet, such as start interlock and speed limitation, for
example. For more information, contact Cargotec

84 5 Handling
5 Handling
General
The machine is intended to be used in the way that is described in
the operator's manual. If the machine is used in any other way or in
potentially dangerous environments, e.g. an explosive environment,
then special safety rules must be followed and the machine must be
equipped for such an environment.
NOTE
It is the operator who is responsible for ensuring that the machine
comes in for service according to prescribed service intervals.
Procedures are described in the maintenance manual.
The information in the chapter for handling the machine does not
relieve the operator of the responsibility of following laws or other
national regulations for road safety and work safety.
Awareness, alertness, good judgement and respect for governing

safety regulations are prerequisites for avoiding accident risks.
Environmental impact
It is important that the machine is used in a way that results in minimal
environmental impact with regards to fuel consumption, exhausts, and
noise emissions. Therefore, keep the following in mind:
• Plan the work and optimise machine use.
• Avoid operating with full throttle when transporting.
• Do not rev the engine unnecessarily when load handling.
• Optimise operation with regard to acceleration and braking.
• Minimise the time the machine runs at idling speed. Do not allow
the machine to idle when there is a break in the work.

5 Handling – Handling 85
Emergency equipment
The following emergency equipment is available on the machine:
• Emergency exit from cab, right-hand door.
In an emergency:
1. Open the emergency exit right-hand door with handle on inside.
• Ladder on cab frame
Machines with high-level cab have a ladder fitted outside the cab's
right-hand door to facilitate evacuation of the cab.
34 • Control breaker for load handling.

In an emergency:
1. Press down the control breaker (position 34) immediately.
All load handling functions stop and the transmission is set into
neutral.
2. Restore control breaker (turn clockwise).
• Fire extinguisher
Located within easy reach!
012702
• Display fire extinguishing system

If the fire extinguishing system fails to trigger automatically in
the event of fire, depress the switch for manual triggering (a) to
activate the fire extinguishing system.
a Switch for manual triggering.
b Warning lamp, fire.
c Warning lamp, fault in trigger coil.
d Warning lamp, fault in detector coil.
e Indicator light, manual mode.
f Indicator light, fire monitoring active.
If the indicator light is extinguished, this means there is a fault
in the voltage feed to the fire extinguishing system.
g Alarm test and reset.

86 5 Handling – Running-in
• Control, fire extinguishing system .

Located within easy reach!
If the fire extinguishing system fails to trigger automatically in the
event of fire, depress the control to activate the fire extinguishing
system.
• Fire extinguisher
A fire extinguisher is located on a front wing or inside the cab..
In case of engine fire, press in the fire extinguisher's nozzle
through the perforation on the plate for fire extinguisher on the
sides of the engine hood.
WARNING
By-pass of load handling functions must not be used
during normal load handling.
damage.
Only use the bypass in emergency situations.
5.1 Running-in
General
The machine should be operated with great care during the running-in
period. The intention is to considerably increase the service life of
the machine.
Recommended running-in period is 10 hours of operating time. This

results in fewer malfunctions.
Engine
The oil and filter must be changed according to intervals described in
the maintenance manual.
Transmission
The oil and filter must be changed according to intervals described in
the maintenance manual.
Tyres and rims

For a new machine it is extremely important that the wheel nuts
are check-tightened during the first week of operation until they are
properly set in. This should be done at intervals of 4-5 operating
hours (up to approx. 40-50 operating hours). Then the wheel nuts are
check-tightened according to intervals described in the maintenance
manual.

5 Handling – Daily inspection 87
5.2 Daily inspection

General
Daily inspection of the machine is extremely important in order to
ensure that it is safe both for the operator and its surroundings.
Every operator should perform checks before a new work shift. In this
way, operators can avoid running defective machines with malfunctions
that have been generated or caused during an earlier work shift.
WARNING
Never use a machine without first performing the daily
inspection.
Risk of personal injury and property damage!
For work instructions, see 6.1 Daily inspection, page
196. Report to the foreman/supervisor if defects are
found on the machine during daily inspection!
For work instructions, see 6.1 Daily inspection, page 196.

88 5 Handling – Error codes
5.3 Error codes

Error codes, general
Error codes indicate that there is a defect on the machine. Errors are
d indicated by an Indicator light for active errors (position 18) on the
a steering wheel panel. The number of active errors is totalled on the
display (position a-c). Some error codes are displayed via pop-up
e menus to attract the operator's attention. The error codes should be
b used by operators and service technicians to identify faults and to
implement suitable action.
c In case of an error code indication, it's very important to identify the

error code and to perform an action to correct the problem.
015223 All error code information for active and inactive error codes is collected
a. Number of active error codes with error code on the operating menu Customer settings and the sub-menus Active
level stop. Errors (position d) and Error history (position e).
b. Number of active error codes with error code Select Active Errors or Error history with or and press to
level warning. activate the desired menu.
c. Number of active error codes with error code
level information.
d. Menu for active error codes, Active errors.
e. Menu for inactive error codes, Error history.
Error code information via pop-up menu
Error code information via pop-up menu

Error codes are automatically shown via pop-up menus on the display.
Some information about the error code can be read out directly by
the symbols in the pop-up menu. The menus Active errors and Error
history show detailed information about the error codes.
Press to show specific detailed information via the Active errors

menu.
Press to confirm the error and the display returns to show the menu
that was active before the pop-up men was activated. If there are more
015224
active errors, the next pop-up menu is shown.
Example figure
Error code information Active errors
Error code information Active errors

Detailed information about the error codes are presented under Active
errors where, among others, the error code level, action with error code
and the device that generated the error code are presented.
For information about how the error code should be interpreted, see
Field d: Error code number, page 95.
Scroll through active error codes with and . Leave the error code
list by pressing the function key .
015225
Example figure Active errors

5 Handling – Error codes 89
Error code information in Error history
Error code information in Error history

Detailed information about the last 50 inactive error codes is presented
under Error history where, amongst other things, the error code level,
the unit that generated the error code and the date and time are
presented.
For information about how the error code should be interpreted, see
Field d: Error code number, page 95.
Scroll through inactive error codes with and . Leave the error code
list by pressing the function key .
014945
Example figure Error history
Action in the event of error code
CAUTION
STOP indicates a malfunction in the machine which
may affect the safety of the operator and others in the
vicinity or may cause a breakdown. Read the error
code. Switch off the engine and perform action in
accordance with the error code table.
WARNING and INFORMATION alarms indicate
malfunctions of such character that work does not
have to be stopped immediately. The capacity of the
machine may be reduced and specific functions may
stop working. - Perform the measures according to the
error code table immediately.
1 Errors are indicated through the pop-up menus, and by an indicator

light for active errors (position 18) being lit.
Stop the machine and let the engine run at idle speed.
2 Identify error code level, see Field a: Error code level, page 92.
NOTE
If several error codes come from the engine or transmission, the
error code level is shown for the most serious error code.
015224
3 Note all error codes. For explanation, see Display figure for error
code information, page 92.
4 Perform the action depending on the action symbol shown in the
Example figure
middle field, see Field b: Operator action, page 92.
5 Check: Start the engine and check under Active errors that the
error code has disappeared.

90 5 Handling – Error code indication
5.3.1 Error code indication

General
Error codes are indicated with an activated indicator light for active
error codes (position 18) and a pop-up menu. The error codes are
divided into three error code levels depending on their severity.
The error code levels are shown as follows:

a b c d • STOP is indicated by:
1. Lit indicator light for active fault codes (position 18).
2. STOP symbol in the pop-up menu.
3. Red border around the pop-up menu.
• WARNING indicated by:
2. Warning triangle in the pop-up menu.
3. Yellow border around the pop-up menu.
• INFORMATION indicated by.
2. Information symbol in the pop-up menu.
3. Grey border around the pop-up menu.
015226
a Symbol for the error code level

STOP, WARNING or INFORMATION
b Symbol for action
c Symbol for component
d Border indicates error code level
Red = STOP
Yellow = WARNING
Grey = INFORMATION

5 Handling – Error code information on display 91
5.3.2 Error code information on display

Error code display
Error code information is shown with display figures in two ways:
• Automatically in display.
The error code is confirmed by . When the error code is
confirmed the display returns to the previous selected menu. If the
error code is active then it is stored in the error code list under the
operating menu Active errors.
If the error code remains active, the figure returns in the display
within 3-5 minutes. Level STOP error codes are shown five times,
WARNING three times and INFORMATION once or not at all.
014954
Example of automatic figure in display
• In error code list Active errors.

Active error codes are stored in the error code list. Navigate to
the operating menu Customer settings with or , select Active
errors and confirm with . Navigate the error code list with the
function keys and . Leave the error code list by pressing the
function key .
NOTE
If error code isn't included in the error code list, it may be due to
015225
the following:
– condition for error detection no longer exists, e.g., control
Example of the error code list Active errors
lever is released or engine is off.
– loose connection/poor contact.

92 5 Handling – Error code information on display
Display figure for error code information

The menus are divided into fields where the information is displayed.
• Field a: Error code level. Shown with a symbol.
• Field b: Operator action. Shown with a symbol.
• Field c: Component that generated the error code. Shown with
a b c a symbol.
• Field d: Error code.
• Field e: Number of errors. For Error history the number of errors
is limited to the last 50 errors.
015228
• Field f: Number of errors on each error code level.
h
• Field g: Date and time.
Pop-up menu for error codes • Field h: Number of unconfirmed pop-up menus.
Field a: Error code level

e
f The control and monitoring system gives error code information in three
d levels which are indicated with a symbol in the display unit.
Symbol Action
a b c STOP
Indicates a serious malfunction that may jeopardise
the operator's safety or cause machine failure. The
015229
error code must be attended to immediately.
WARNING
Active error codes shown in Active errors
Indicates malfunction in machine that should be
taken care of as soon as possible.
e
f
d INFORMATION
a g c
Information to the operator that something should
be rectified, e.g. broken bulb. Rectify the cause
at a suitable opportunity. Instructions for action
are normally found in chapter 6 Inspection and
maintenance.
015230
Field b: Operator action

The control system provides information about what action the operator
Inactive error codes are shown in Error history
should carry out. The information is indicated with a symbol on the
display unit.
Symbol Action
Carry out action according to the daily inspection,
see Instructions, page 196.
Error requires action by trained personnel.

One of the functions of the machine is not working
fully.
Critical error.
Errors that may jeopardise the machine or safety,
such as low oil pressure or overload. Stop the
machine and safeguard the error.
Read the operator's manual.

Field c: Affected function

For an explanation of the display fields, see Display figure for error
Symbol Function Symbol Function Symbol Function

Engine Fuel level AdBlue level
Temperature electric Temperature electric Particulate filters

motor hydraulics motor drive
After-treatment system Exhaust temperature Air filter
Engine coolant level Coolant temperature Engine oil level

engine
Preheating engine Transmission Oil temperature torque

converter
Lock-up, torque converter Differential locks Transmission oil level
Oil pressure, transmission Transmission oil Power transmission

temperature
Tyre pressure Regulator (inverter) Brakes
Brake pressure Parking brake Oil temperature brake

system
Steering Suspension Load handling
Control levers Lift/lower Lift/lower
Extension Side shift Side shift
Spreading (positioning) Spreading (positioning) Rotation
Tilt Tilt lock Tilt

Symbol Function Symbol Function Symbol Function

Levelling Levelling lock Levelling
Contact twistlocks Locked twistlocks Unlocked twistlocks
Contact top lift attachment Contact side-lift Bottom lift attachment

attachment
Support jacks Control system Boom angle
Boom length Scales Overload system
Overload system Height limit Frame, body, cab and

accessories
Hour meter (operating Seat Revolving driver's seat

hours)
Air conditioning ECH, ECC Fresh air filter
Pause heater Temperature water heater Recirculation
Washer fluid Wipers Revolving or flashing

beacon
Lighting Horn Heating rear

windscreen/rear view
mirrors
Cab sliding length Vertically adjustable cab Tiltable cab
Central lubrication Hydraulic oil filter Hydraulic oil temperature
Battery charging CAN bus CAN bus drivetrain

Field d: Error code number
Field d: Error code number

The control system gives error codes from the machine's sub-systems:
1 2 3
Node (AAA)
The first part of the error code specifies the control unit (Node) that
generated the error. The following control units can generate error
codes:
Node Control unit
015233
1–99 Control units in the RedCAN system
Example figure error codes Type (B)

1. Node (control unit) (AAA) Type is indicated with a letter before the digits in the component
2. SPN (component) (BCCCC-DD) number, which specifies the type of component concerned.
3. FMI (type of error) (E) The following component types are used:
Type Component type

A Unit
B Sensor
D Control unit
E White light
F Fuse
G Battery or alternator
H Signal unit for audio or light
K Relay
M Electric motor
P Meter
R Resistor, potentiometer
S Switch, contact
X Connector
Y Solenoid valve
SPN (CCCC)
SPN is a unique number (component number) to locate the faulty
component.

Location (DD)
In the cases where several components have the same component
number, there is a number for location that makes the error code
unique, either a serial number (1 – 9) or a number equivalent to a
position (10 – 220).
The following locations are used:
Location Explanation (abbreviation)

10 Left (LE)
20 Right (RI)
30 Upper (UP)
40 Lower (LO)
100 Front (LE)
110 Left front (LF)
120 Right front (RF)
200 Rear (RE)
210 Left rear (LR)
220 Right rear (RR)
FMI (EE)
FMI indicates type of error.
The following error types are used:
Table Specifications FMI
FMI Description SAE text

0 Value too high. Data valid, but higher than normal operating range.
1 Value too low. Data valid, but lower than normal operating range.
2 Incorrect data. Intermittent or incorrect data.
3 Electrical problem. Abnormally high voltage or short-circuit to higher voltage.
4 Electrical problem. Abnormally low voltage or short-circuit to lower voltage.
5 Electrical problem. Abnormally low current or open circuit.
6 Electrical problem. Abnormally high current or short-circuit to ground.
7 Mechanical problem. Incorrect response from mechanical system.
8 Mechanical problem or electrical Abnormal frequency.
problem.
9 Communication error. Abnormal update rate.
10 Mechanical problem or electrical Abnormally wide variations.
problem.
11 Unknown malfunction. Non-identifiable malfunction.
12 Component error. Incorrect unit or component.
13 Incorrect calibration. Values outside calibration values.
14 Unknown malfunction. Special instructions.
15 Value too high. Data valid but higher than normal operating range: The least serious
level.
16 Value too high. Data valid but higher than normal operating range: Moderately
serious level.
17 Value too low. Data valid but under normal operating range: The least serious level.

FMI Description SAE text

18 Value too low. Data valid but under normal operating range: Moderately serious
level.
19 Communication error. Received network data incorrect.
20 Data too high. Data valid but higher than normal value.
21 Data too low. Data valid but lower than normal value.
22-30 Reserved for SAE allocation.
31 FMI not available or the condition Not available or the condition exists.
indicated by SPN exists.
32 Electrical problem. Abnormally high resistance or short-circuit to higher voltage.
33 Electrical problem. Abnormally low resistance or short-circuit to lower voltage.
34 Time exceeded. Time exceeded.
35 Communication error. CAN bus error.
36 Communication error. Driver error.
37 Communication error. Over flow.
38 Communication error. Error passive stat.
39 Communication error. Baud rate.
40 Communication error. Control unit disappears (stop sending messages) after start up.
41 Communication error. Control unit missing on start up.
42 Communication error. CAN-bus segment after the control unit is faulty. Normal side.
43 Communication error. CAN-bus segment after the control unit is faulty. RedCAN side.
44 Communication error. Control unit incorrectly positioned RedCAN circuit.
45 Communication error. Checksum error in the control unit.
Field e: Number of error codes

Specifies the number of menu pages with active fault codes in Active
errors and the number of menu pages with inactive error codes Error
history.
Field f: Number of errors on each error code level

Specifies the number of active error codes on each error code level.
Field g: Date and time

Specifies the date and time when the error code was confirmed.
Field h: Number of unconfirmed pop-up menus

Specifies the number of unconfirmed pop-up menus.

98 5 Handling – Error code tables
5.3.3 Error code tables

Error codes machine
General
Error codes for the machine are sorted in numerical order. The table
contains the following information:
• Type - Denotes the type of component, see Type (B), page 95.
• SPN - Denotes the component concerned, see SPN (CCCC), page
95.
• FMI - Denotes the type of error, see FMI (EE), page 96.
• Node - Denotes which unit has generated the error, see Node
(AAA), page 95.
• Location - denotes the component's location in the machine,
Location (DD), page 96.
• Description - Indicates description of the error code as well as any
limitation that can occur in the machine in case of the error code
in question.
• Action - Indicates STOP/WARNING/INFORMATION for action
according to error code level, with or without detailed information.
If the error code number isn't included in the error code table, contact
service.
Table Error codes machine
Ty- SPN FMI Node Location Description Action

pe
H 1037 6 11 2 Indicator light, levelling lock, in control lever. WARNING
S 1310 7 11 Travel direction selector, logical error. STOP
H 1753 6 1 2 Indicator light wide twistlocks (WTP), outer position. INFORMATION
H 1753 6 7 1 Indicator light wide twistlocks (WTP), outer position. INFORMATION
B 2070 3 2 Contact differential lock, position signal. WARNING
B 2190 2 1 Sensor, cab filter. INFORMATION
B 2460 2 1 Low pressure, air conditioning. WARNING
K 3150 6 1 Relay, ignition, grounded circuit. STOP
K 3312 6 2 Driving forward relay, signal status. STOP
K 3312 6 1 Driving forward relay, signal status. INFORMATION
K 3312 6 2 Driving forward relay, signal status. INFORMATION
K 3320 6 2 Driving reverse relay, signal status. STOP
K 3320 6 1 Driving reverse relay, signal status. INFORMATION
K 3320 6 2 Driving reverse relay, signal status. INFORMATION
K 3600 6 2 Relay, starter motor. WARNING
Only engine option Cummins.
E 4000 5 2 10 Low beam, left. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4000 5 3 210 Low beam left rear, at turnable operator's station. INFORMATION
Check the lamp.
E 4000 6 2 10 Low beam, left. INFORMATION
E 4000 6 3 210 Low beam left rear, at turnable operator's station. INFORMATION
E 4000 5 2 20 Low beam, right. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4000 5 3 220 Low beam right rear, at turnable operator's station. INFORMATION
Check the lamp.

5 Handling – Error code tables 99
Table Error codes machine (continued)

pe
E 4000 6 2 20 Low beam, right. INFORMATION
E 4000 6 3 220 Low beam right rear, at turnable operator's station. INFORMATION
E 4020 5 2 10 High beam, left. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4020 5 3 210 High beam left rear, at turnable operator's station. INFORMATION
Check the lamp.
E 4020 6 2 10 High beam, left. INFORMATION
E 4020 6 3 210 High beam left rear, at turnable operator's station. INFORMATION
E 4020 5 2 20 High beam, right. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4020 5 3 220 High beam right rear, at turnable operator's station. INFORMATION
Check the lamp.
E 4020 6 2 20 High beam, right. INFORMATION
E 4041 5 2 1 Extra work lights, frame left. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4041 6 2 1 Extra work lights, frame left. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4041 5 2 2 Extra work lights, frame right. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4041 6 2 2 Extra work lights, frame right. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4042 5 1 10 Extra work lights, cab left. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4042 6 1 10 Extra work lights, cab left. INFORMATION
E 4042 5 1 20 Extra work lights, cab right. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4042 6 1 20 Extra work lights, cab right. INFORMATION
E 4042 6 1 1 Extra work lights left. INFORMATION
E 4042 5 1 2 Extra work lights right. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4042 6 1 2 Extra work lights right. INFORMATION
E 4043 5 2 10 Work lights boom left. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4043 6 2 10 Work lights, mast left. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4043 5 2 20 Work lights, mast right. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4043 6 2 20 Work lights, mast right. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
E 4044 5 7 10 Work lights attachment, left. Check the lamp. WARNING
E 4044 6 7 10 Work lights attachment, left. WARNING
E 4044 5 7 110 Extra work lights attachment, left. Check the lamp. WARNING
E 4044 6 7 110 Extra work lights attachment, left. WARNING
E 4044 5 7 20 Work lights attachment, right. Check the lamp. WARNING
E 4044 6 7 20 Work lights attachment, right. WARNING
E 4044 5 7 120 Extra work lights attachment, right. Check the lamp. WARNING
E 4044 6 7 120 Extra work lights attachment, right. WARNING
E 4045 5 6 110 Extra work lights, attachment lift leg left front. Check WARNING
the lamp.
E 4045 6 6 110 Extra work lights, attachment lift leg left front. WARNING
E 4045 5 6 120 Extra work lights, attachment lift leg right front. Check WARNING
the lamp.
E 4045 6 6 120 Extra work lights, attachment lift leg right front. WARNING
E 4045 5 6 210 Extra work lights, attachment lift leg left rear. Check WARNING
the lamp.


pe
E 4045 6 6 210 Extra work lights, attachment lift leg left rear. WARNING
E 4045 5 6 220 Extra work lights, attachment lift leg right rear. Check WARNING
the lamp.
E 4045 6 6 220 Extra work lights, attachment lift leg right rear. WARNING
E 4050 5 1 10 Work lights, backward left. Check the lamp. WARNING
E 4050 6 1 10 Work lights, backward left. Check the lamp. WARNING
E 4050 5 1 20 Work lights, backward right. Check the lamp. WARNING
E 4050 6 1 20 Work lights, backward right. Check the lamp. WARNING
E 4050 6 2 Work lights, steering. Check the lamp. INFORMATION
H 4110 6 2 Brake light. INFORMATION
H 4110 6 3 100 Brake lights front, at turnable operator's station. INFORMATION
H 4120 6 2 1 Tail lights. INFORMATION
H 4120 6 3 100 Tail lights front, at turnable operator's station. INFORMATION
H 4160 6 2 Position light. INFORMATION
H 4220 6 2 10 Direction indicators left. INFORMATION
H 4220 6 2 20 Direction indicators right. INFORMATION
H 4281 6 2 Revolving beacon, counterweight. WARNING
H 4282 6 1 Revolving beacon, cab. WARNING
H 4284 6 7 Revolving beacon, attachment. WARNING
E 4340 6 1 Interior lighting. WARNING
H 5001 6 7 30 Indicator light, overheight legs up. WARNING
H 5004 6 7 Indicator light, scale position load receipt, WARNING
H 5620 6 1 2 Indicator light unlocked twistlocks (roof panel cab). WARNING
H 5620 6 7 1 Indicator light, unlocked twistlocks WARNING
H 5630 6 1 2 Indicator light, locked twistlocks (roof panel cab). WARNING
H 5630 6 7 1 Indicator light, locked twistlocks. WARNING
H 5640 6 1 2 Indicator light, contact (roof panel cab). WARNING
H 5640 6 7 1 Indicator light, contact twistlocks. WARNING
H 5640 6 7 30 Indicator light, contact upper container. WARNING
H 5640 6 7 40 Indicator light, contact lower container. WARNING
H 5720 6 7 Indicator light, height limitation. WARNING
H 5740 6 1 Indicator light, support jacks down (roof panel cab). WARNING
H 5760 6 6 110 Indicator light, contact lift leg left front. WARNING
H 5760 6 6 120 Indicator light, contact lift leg right front. WARNING
H 5760 6 6 210 Indicator light, contact lift leg left rear. WARNING
H 5760 6 6 220 Indicator light, contact lift leg right rear. WARNING
H 5780 6 6 100 Indicator light, lift legs clamping position front. WARNING
H 5780 6 6 200 Indicator light, lift legs clamping position rear. WARNING
H 5800 6 6 30 Indicator light, lift legs front up. WARNING
H 5800 6 6 40 Indicator light, lift legs front down. WARNING


pe
H 5991 6 1 Indicator light, buckled seat belt. WARNING
H 5992 6 1 Indicator light, Mini steering wheel/joystick control. WARNING
H 5993 6 11 3 Indicator light, tilt lock, control lever. WARNING
Y 6002 5 2 Servo valve, load signal attachment. WARNING
Y 6003 5 2 Solenoid valve engagement of hydraulic top lift. WARNING
Y 6003 6 2 Solenoid valve engagement of hydraulic top lift. WARNING
Y 6004 5 2 Solenoid valve lower. WARNING
Y 6004 6 2 Solenoid valve lower. WARNING
Y 6004 5 2 2 Solenoid valve lower 2. WARNING
Y 6004 6 2 2 Solenoid valve lower 2. WARNING
Y 6005 5 2 Solenoid valve lift. WARNING
Y 6005 6 2 Solenoid valve lift. WARNING
Y 6005 5 2 2 Solenoid valve lift 2. WARNING
Y 6005 6 2 2 Solenoid valve lift 2. WARNING
Y 6006 5 2 Solenoid valve boom out. WARNING
Y 6006 6 2 Solenoid valve boom out. WARNING
Y 6007 5 2 Solenoid valve boom in. WARNING
Y 6007 6 2 Solenoid valve boom in. WARNING
Y 6008 5 2 Rotation clockwise. WARNING
Y 6008 6 2 Rotation clockwise. WARNING
Y 6008 5 7 Solenoid valve rotation clockwise. WARNING
Y 6008 6 7 Solenoid valve rotation clockwise. WARNING
Y 6009 5 2 Rotation anticlockwise. WARNING
Y 6009 6 2 Rotation anticlockwise. WARNING
Y 6009 5 7 Solenoid valve rotation anticlockwise. WARNING
Y 6009 6 7 Solenoid valve rotation anticlockwise. WARNING
Y 6010 5 2 Solenoid valve tilt out. WARNING
Y 6010 6 2 Solenoid valve tilt out. WARNING
Y 6010 5 7 Solenoid valve tilt out WARNING
Y 6010 6 7 Solenoid valve tilt out WARNING
Y 6011 5 2 Solenoid valve tilt in. WARNING
Y 6011 6 2 Solenoid valve tilt in. WARNING
Y 6011 5 7 Solenoid valve tilt in WARNING
Y 6011 6 7 Solenoid valve tilt in WARNING
Y 6012 5 7 1 Solenoid valve tilt lock. WARNING
Y 6014 5 2 Solenoid valve differential lock. WARNING


pe
Y 6014 6 2 Solenoid valve differential lock. WARNING
Y 6016 5 2 Solenoid valve, cab sliding out (forward/up). WARNING
Y 6016 6 2 Solenoid valve, cab sliding out (forward/up). WARNING
Y 6016 5 3 Cab sliding up. WARNING
Y 6016 6 3 Cab sliding up. WARNING
Y 6017 5 2 Solenoid valve, cab sliding in (backward/lower). WARNING
Y 6017 6 2 Solenoid valve, cab sliding in (backward/lower). WARNING
Y 6017 5 3 Cab sliding lower. WARNING
Y 6017 6 3 Cab sliding lower. WARNING
Y 6018 5 2 Solenoid valve spreading out. WARNING
Y 6018 5 2 10 Solenoid valve spreading out left fork. WARNING
Y 6018 6 2 10 Solenoid valve spreading out left fork. WARNING
Y 6018 5 2 20 Solenoid valve spreading out right fork. WARNING
Y 6018 6 2 20 Solenoid valve spreading out right fork. WARNING
Solenoid valve function lifting tool, tool changer
open/out.
Y 6018 5 7 10 Solenoid valve spreading out left. WARNING
Y 6018 6 7 10 Solenoid valve spreading out right. WARNING
Y 6019 5 2 Solenoid valve spreading in. WARNING
Y 6019 5 2 10 Solenoid valve spreading in left fork. WARNING
Y 6019 6 2 10 Solenoid valve spreading in left fork. WARNING
Y 6019 5 2 20 Solenoid valve spreading in right fork. WARNING
Y 6019 6 2 20 Solenoid valve spreading in right fork. WARNING
Alternative solenoid valve function lifting tool, tool
changer close/in.
Alternative solenoid valve function lifting tool, tool
changer close/in.
Y 6019 5 7 10 Solenoid valve spreading in left. WARNING
Y 6019 6 7 10 Solenoid valve spreading in left. WARNING
Y 6019 5 7 20 Solenoid valve spreading in right. WARNING
Y 6019 6 7 20 Solenoid valve spreading in right. WARNING
Y 6020 5 2 Solenoid valve side shift left. WARNING


pe
Y 6021 5 2 Solenoid valve side shift right. WARNING
Y 6022 5 2 Solenoid valve extra hydraulic function out. WARNING
Y 6022 6 2 Solenoid valve extra hydraulic function out. WARNING
Y 6022 5 7 Open container door. WARNING
Y 6022 6 7 Open container door. WARNING
Y 6023 5 2 Solenoid valve extra hydraulic function in. WARNING
Y 6023 6 2 Solenoid valve extra hydraulic function in. WARNING
Y 6023 5 7 Close container door. WARNING
Y 6023 6 7 Close container door. WARNING
Y 6034 5 7 1 Solenoid valve levelling lock. WARNING
Y 6035 5 2 Solenoid valve levelling right up/anticlockwise. WARNING
Y 6035 6 2 Solenoid valve levelling right up/anticlockwise. WARNING
Y 6035 5 7 Solenoid valve levelling anticlockwise. WARNING
Y 6035 6 7 Solenoid valve levelling anticlockwise. WARNING
Y 6036 5 2 Solenoid valve levelling left up/clockwise. WARNING
Y 6039 5 7 Twistlocks: Solenoid valve open twistlocks. WARNING
Lift hooks: Solenoid valve open lock lugs.
Y 6039 6 7 Twistlocks: Solenoid valve open twistlocks. WARNING
Lift hooks: Solenoid valve open lock lugs.
Y 6040 5 7 Twistlocks: Solenoid valve lock twistlocks. WARNING
Lift hooks: Solenoid valve close lock lugs.
Y 6040 6 7 Twistlocks: Solenoid valve lock twistlocks. WARNING
Lift hooks: Solenoid valve close lock lugs.
Y 6045 5 2 10 Solenoid valve blocking lower left. WARNING
Y 6045 6 2 10 Solenoid valve blocking lower left. WARNING
Y 6045 5 2 20 Solenoid valve blocking lower right. WARNING
Y 6045 6 2 20 Solenoid valve blocking lower right. WARNING


pe
Y 6046 5 7 1 Twistlocks out to WTP position. STOP
Y 6046 6 7 1 Twistlocks out to WTP position. STOP
Y 6046 5 7 2 Twistlocks in to standard position. STOP
Y 6046 6 7 2 Twistlocks in to standard position. STOP
Y 6047 5 2 Solenoid valve cab tilt up. WARNING
Y 6047 6 2 Solenoid valve cab tilt up. WARNING
Y 6048 5 2 Solenoid valve cab tilt down. WARNING
Y 6048 6 2 Solenoid valve cab tilt down. WARNING
Y 6050 5 2 Solenoid valve blocking boom in. WARNING
Y 6050 6 2 Solenoid valve blocking boom in. WARNING
Y 6051 5 2 1 Solenoid valve, regeneration boom out. WARNING
Y 6051 6 2 1 Solenoid valve, regeneration boom out. WARNING
Y 6051 5 2 10 Solenoid valve, regeneration lift left. WARNING
Y 6051 6 2 10 Solenoid valve, regeneration lift left. WARNING
Y 6051 5 2 20 Solenoid valve, regeneration lift right. WARNING
Y 6051 6 2 20 Solenoid valve, regeneration lift right. WARNING
Y 6053 5 6 10 Solenoid valve, operating position left. WARNING
Y 6053 6 6 10 Solenoid valve, operating position left. WARNING
Y 6053 5 6 20 Solenoid valve, operating position right. WARNING
Y 6053 6 6 20 Solenoid valve, operating position right. WARNING
Y 6054 5 2 Clamp close not working. WARNING
Y 6054 6 2 Clamp close not working. WARNING
Y 6054 5 2 10 Clamp close left not working. WARNING
Y 6054 6 2 10 Clamp close left not working. WARNING
Y 6054 5 2 20 Clamp close right not working. WARNING
Y 6054 5 3 10 Clamp close not working. WARNING
Y 6054 6 3 10 Clamp close not working. WARNING
Y 6054 5 6 10 Solenoid valve clamp close left. WARNING
Y 6054 6 6 10 Solenoid valve clamp close left. WARNING
Y 6054 5 6 20 Solenoid valve clamp close right. WARNING
Y 6054 6 6 20 Solenoid valve clamp close right. WARNING
Y 6054 6 7 Solenoid valve clamp close ELME. WARNING
Y 6055 5 2 Clamp open not working. WARNING
Y 6055 6 2 Clamp open not working. WARNING
Y 6055 5 2 10 Clamp open left not working. WARNING
Y 6055 6 2 10 Clamp open left not working. WARNING


pe
Y 6055 5 2 20 Clamp open right not working. WARNING
Y 6055 5 3 10 Clamp open not working. WARNING
Y 6055 6 3 10 Clamp open not working. WARNING
Y 6055 5 6 10 Solenoid valve clamp release left. WARNING
Y 6055 6 6 10 Solenoid valve clamp release left. WARNING
Y 6055 5 6 20 Solenoid valve clamp release right. WARNING
Y 6055 6 6 20 Solenoid valve clamp release right. WARNING
Y 6055 6 7 Solenoid valve clamp release ELME. WARNING
Y 6056 5 6 110 Solenoid valve knee in left front. WARNING
Y 6056 6 6 110 Solenoid valve knee in left front. WARNING
Y 6056 5 6 120 Solenoid valve knee in right front. WARNING
Y 6056 6 6 120 Solenoid valve knee in right front. WARNING
Y 6056 5 6 210 Solenoid valve knee in left rear. WARNING
Y 6056 6 6 210 Solenoid valve knee in left rear. WARNING
Y 6056 5 6 220 Solenoid valve knee in right rear. WARNING
Y 6056 6 6 220 Solenoid valve knee in right rear. WARNING
Y 6057 5 6 110 Solenoid valve knee out left front. WARNING
Y 6057 6 6 110 Solenoid valve knee out left front. WARNING
Y 6057 5 6 120 Solenoid valve knee out right front. WARNING
Y 6057 6 6 120 Solenoid valve knee out right front. WARNING
Y 6057 5 6 210 Solenoid valve knee out left rear. WARNING
Y 6057 6 6 210 Solenoid valve knee out left rear. WARNING
Y 6057 5 6 220 Solenoid valve knee out right rear. WARNING
Y 6057 6 6 220 Solenoid valve knee out right rear. WARNING
Y 6058 5 6 110 Solenoid valve leg up left front. WARNING
Y 6058 6 6 110 Solenoid valve leg up left front. WARNING
Y 6058 5 6 120 Solenoid valve leg up right front. WARNING
Y 6058 6 6 120 Solenoid valve leg up right front. WARNING
Y 6058 5 6 210 Solenoid valve leg up left rear. WARNING
Y 6058 6 6 210 Solenoid valve leg up left rear. WARNING
Y 6058 6 7 100 Solenoid valve leg up front ELME. WARNING
Y 6058 6 7 200 Solenoid valve leg up rear ELME. WARNING
Y 6058 5 7 220 Solenoid valve leg up right rear. WARNING
Y 6058 6 7 220 Solenoid valve leg up right rear. WARNING
Y 6059 5 6 110 Solenoid valve leg down left front. WARNING
Y 6059 6 6 110 Solenoid valve leg down left front. WARNING


pe
Y 6059 5 6 120 Solenoid valve leg down right front. WARNING
Y 6059 6 6 120 Solenoid valve leg down right front. WARNING
Y 6059 5 6 210 Solenoid valve leg down left rear. WARNING
Y 6059 6 6 210 Solenoid valve leg down left rear. WARNING
Y 6059 6 7 100 Solenoid valve leg down front ELME. WARNING
Y 6059 6 7 200 Solenoid valve leg down rear ELME. WARNING
Y 6059 5 7 220 Solenoid valve leg down right rear. WARNING
Y 6059 6 7 220 Solenoid valve leg down right rear. WARNING
Y 6062 5 2 Solenoid valve, disengagement hydraulic oil pump 2. WARNING
Y 6062 6 2 Solenoid valve, disengagement hydraulic oil pump 2. WARNING
Y 6063 5 3 Solenoid valve support jacks up. WARNING
Y 6063 6 3 Solenoid valve support jacks up. WARNING
Y 6064 5 3 Solenoid valve support jacks down. WARNING
Y 6064 6 3 Solenoid valve support jacks down. WARNING
Y 6065 5 7 Solenoid valve, disengage rotation. WARNING
Y 6065 6 7 Solenoid valve, disengage rotation. WARNING
Y 6070 5 7 Solenoid valve overheight legs up. WARNING
Y 6070 6 7 Solenoid valve overheight legs up. WARNING
Y 6071 5 7 Solenoid valve overheight legs down. WARNING
Y 6071 6 7 Solenoid valve overheight legs down. WARNING
Y 6072 5 3 1 Solenoid valve clamping pressure. WARNING
Y 6078 5 3 1 Solenoid valve, paper attachment closing upper WARNING
clamping arm.
clamping arm.
clamping arm.
clamping arm.
Y 6080 5 2 Solenoid valve activation cab movement. WARNING
Y 6080 6 2 Solenoid valve activation cab movement. WARNING
Y 6085 5 2 Solenoid valve share hydraulic function 1. WARNING
Y 6085 5 7 Select door opener. WARNING
Y 6085 6 7 Select door opener. WARNING
Y 6088 5 2 Solenoid valve accumulator shut off. WARNING


pe
Y 6088 6 2 Solenoid valve accumulator shut off. WARNING
Y 6089 5 2 Solenoid valve activates extra hydraulic oil pump lift. WARNING
Y 6089 6 2 Solenoid valve activates extra hydraulic oil pump lift. WARNING
Y 6091 5 2 Solenoid valve fan speed engine cooling fan. WARNING
Y 6091 6 2 Solenoid valve fan speed engine cooling fan. WARNING
Y 6092 5 2 Solenoid valve fan speed direction, engine cooling INFORMATION
fan.
Y 6092 6 2 Solenoid valve fan speed direction, engine cooling INFORMATION
fan.
Y 6093 5 2 Solenoid valve pump unloading boom in. WARNING
Y 6093 6 2 Solenoid valve pump unloading boom in. WARNING
Y 6094 5 2 Solenoid valve, disengagement hydraulic pump WARNING
attachment.
Y 6094 6 2 Solenoid valve, disengagement hydraulic pump WARNING
attachment.
Y 6095 5 2 Solenoid valve split function mast. WARNING
Y 6095 6 2 Solenoid valve split function mast. WARNING
Y 6100 5 7 Wide body in. WARNING
Y 6100 6 7 Wide body in. WARNING
Y 6101 5 7 Wide body out. WARNING
Y 6101 6 7 Wide body out. WARNING
Y 6104 6 7 Solenoid valve beam lock locked. WARNING
Y 6105 6 7 Solenoid valve beam lock unlocked. WARNING
Y 6120 5 1 1 Damper motor, recirculation. INFORMATION
Y 6150 6 2 1 Voltage feed to electric control module for joystick STOP
control/mini steering wheel.
Y 6150 5 2 2 Electric control module for joystick control/mini STOP
steering wheel.
steering wheel.
steering wheel.
Y 6150 31 2 Control unit control valve feedback seat position and STOP
Control unit mini-wheel or joystick control (Y6150)
are missing.
Y 6360 5 3 100 Directional control valve steering, forward. At STOP
revolving driver's seat.
Y 6360 6 3 100 Directional control valve steering, forward. At STOP
Y 6360 5 3 200 Directional control valve steering, backward. At STOP


pe
Y 6360 6 3 200 Directional control valve steering, backward. At STOP
Y 6420 2 2 Solenoid valve parking brake. STOP
Y 6450 5 2 Electromagnetic clutch cooling compressor. INFORMATION
Y 6450 6 2 Electromagnetic clutch cooling compressor. INFORMATION
K 6501 6 1 10 Windscreen wiper left, relay. INFORMATION
K 6501 6 1 20 Windscreen wiper right, relay. INFORMATION
M 6501 7 1 10 Windscreen wiper left, position signal. INFORMATION
M 6501 7 1 20 Windscreen wiper right, position signal. INFORMATION
M 6502 5 1 Rear windscreen wipers. INFORMATION
M 6502 6 1 Rear windscreen wipers. INFORMATION
M 6502 7 1 Wiper rear window, position signal. INFORMATION
M 6503 5 1 Wiper roof window, position signal. INFORMATION
M 6511 6 1 Washing, front windscreen. INFORMATION
M 6512 5 1 Washing, rear windscreen. INFORMATION
M 6512 6 1 Washing, rear windscreen. INFORMATION
M 6513 5 1 Motor washing, roof window. INFORMATION
M 6513 6 1 Motor washing, roof window. INFORMATION
M 6570 5 1 Cabin fan. INFORMATION
M 6570 6 1 Cabin fan. INFORMATION
M 6570 7 1 10 Cooling fan, transmission. WARNING
M 6570 7 1 20 Cooling fan, transmission. WARNING
M 6580 6 2 Electromagnetic clutch cooling fan motor. WARNING
M 6580 7 2 Electromagnetic clutch cooling fan motor. WARNING
M 6590 6 2 Cooling fan, intercooler. WARNING
M 6590 7 2 10 Cooling fan, intercooler. WARNING
M 6590 7 2 20 Cooling fan, intercooler. WARNING
M 6670 5 1 Circulation pump pause heater. INFORMATION
M 6670 6 1 Circulation pump pause heater. INFORMATION
M 6680 5 2 Cooling fan, hydraulic oil cooler. WARNING
M 6680 6 2 Cooling fan, hydraulic oil cooler. WARNING
Y 6720 3 1 Damper motor air distribution, position signal. INFORMATION
Y 6720 4 1 Damper motor air distribution, position signal. INFORMATION
Y 6720 5 1 1 Damper motor air distribution. INFORMATION


pe
Y 6730 3 1 Heating valve, position signal. INFORMATION
Y 6730 4 1 Heating valve, position signal. INFORMATION
Y 6730 5 1 1 Heating valve. INFORMATION
M 6740 5 2 Cooling valve oil cooler brake system. WARNING
M 6740 6 2 Cooling valve oil cooler brake system. WARNING
M 6750 5 3 20 Motor, revolving driver's seat. WARNING
Y 6760 5 1 Solenoid valve, swivel driver's seat. WARNING
Y 6760 6 1 Solenoid valve, swivel driver's seat. WARNING
Y 6760 5 3 20 Solenoid valve, brake revolving driver's seat. WARNING
Y 6820 5 2 Extension out. WARNING
Y 6820 6 2 Extension out. WARNING
Y 6821 5 2 Extension in. WARNING
Y 6821 6 2 Extension in. WARNING
R 6900 3 11 1 Accelerator pedal, signal A. WARNING
R 6900 3 11 2 Accelerator pedal, signal B. WARNING
R 6900 3 11 3 Accelerator pedal 2, signal A. WARNING
R 6900 3 11 4 Accelerator pedal 2, signal B. WARNING
R 6900 2 11 40 Accelerator. STOP
M 6930 5 2 1 Pump central lubrication frame. INFORMATION
M 6930 6 2 1 Pump central lubrication frame. INFORMATION
M 6930 5 7 2 Pump central lubrication attachment. INFORMATION


pe
M 6930 6 7 2 Pump central lubrication attachment. INFORMATION
B 6941 3 11 Engine right dashboard panel forward/backward INFORMATION
position signal.
position signal.
position signal.
M 6941 5 11 1 Engine right dashboard panel forward/backward. INFORMATION
B 6942 3 11 Engine right dashboard panel up/down position INFORMATION
signal.
signal.
signal.
M 6942 6 11 1 Engine right dashboard panel up/down. INFORMATION
B 6943 3 11 Engine steering wheel panel up/down position signal. INFORMATION
M 6943 5 11 1 Engine steering wheel panel up/down. INFORMATION
P 7080 14 1 Operating hours do not correspond to reference WARNING
Control unit frame KFU (D7971).
3
6
7
11
12
B 7202 2 7 Sensor, contact jammed. WARNING
Check that the indicator pin is not binding and that
the sensor is clean.
B 7205 3 7 10 Sensor, twistlocks. WARNING


pe
B 7205 7 7 10 Sensor, twistlocks locked and open simultaneously. WARNING
Check that the sensor is clean.
B 7205 7 7 20 Sensor, twistlocks locked and open simultaneously WARNING
Check that the sensor is clean.
B 7216 2 7 Sensor, float position lifting head. WARNING
B 7226 3 2 1 Sensor, hydraulic pressure lift cylinder. WARNING
B 7226 3 2 2 Sensor hydraulic pressure, lift cylinder piston side WARNING
right.
B 7226 4 2 2 Sensor hydraulic pressure, lift cylinder piston side WARNING
right.
B 7226 3 2 3 Sensor hydraulic pressure tilt cylinder. WARNING
B 7226 4 2 3 Sensor hydraulic pressure tilt cylinder. WARNING
B 7226 3 2 4 Sensor hydraulic pressure, lift cylinder rod side right. WARNING
B 7226 4 2 4 Sensor hydraulic pressure, lift cylinder rod side right. WARNING
B 7228 3 2 Height sensor, lift. WARNING
B 7229 3 2 Sensor, tilt angle. WARNING
B 7230 3 7 Sensor damping attachment. INFORMATION
B 7230 4 7 Sensor damping attachment. INFORMATION
B 7235 3 2 10 Sensor, power cell left. WARNING


pe
B 7235 3 2 20 Sensor, power cell right. WARNING
B 7235 3 7 110 Sensor, load attachment, left front. STOP
B 7235 4 7 110 Sensor, load attachment, left front. STOP
B 7235 3 7 120 Sensor, load attachment, right front. STOP
B 7235 4 7 120 Sensor, load attachment, right front. STOP
B 7235 3 7 210 Sensor, load attachment, left rear. STOP
B 7235 4 7 210 Sensor, load attachment, left rear. STOP
B 7235 3 7 220 Sensor, load attachment, right rear. STOP
B 7235 4 7 220 Sensor, load attachment, right rear. STOP
B 7236 3 2 Sensor, power cell tilt. WARNING
B 7236 4 2 Sensor, power cell tilt. WARNING
B 7237 2 7 Sensor, upper container has jammed. WARNING
B 7238 3 2 Sensor, pressure tilt cylinder. WARNING
B 7238 4 2 Sensor, pressure tilt cylinder. WARNING
B 7242 7 2 Central lubrication frame. INFORMATION
B 7242 7 7 Central lubrication, attachment INFORMATION
B 7243 3 2 Sensor, electronic dipstick engine oil. WARNING
B 7243 4 2 Sensor, electronic dipstick engine oil. WARNING
B 7244 3 2 Electric dipstick transmission sensor. WARNING
B 7244 4 2 Electric dipstick transmission sensor. WARNING
B 7245 3 2 10 Sensor, feedback steering, channel 1. WARNING
B 7252 3 11 Ambient light intensity sensor. WARNING
B 7252 4 11 Ambient light intensity sensor. WARNING
B 7253 3 7 Tilt or levelling angle attachment. WARNING
B 7253 4 7 Tilt or levelling angle attachment. WARNING
B 7254 3 1 Sensor, cab position. WARNING
B 7254 4 1 Sensor, cab position. WARNING
B 7255 3 1 Sensor tilt angle, cab. WARNING
B 7255 4 1 Sensor tilt angle, cab. WARNING


pe
B 7258 2 7 Sensor, lock wedge position locked has jammed. WARNING
B 7570 3 2 Sensor fuel level. INFORMATION
B 7570 4 2 Sensor fuel level. INFORMATION
B 7572 3 2 Sensor back pressure, exhaust system. WARNING
B 7600 0 2 0 Speed sensor. WARNING
B 7600 8 2 0 Speed sensor. WARNING
B 7680 3 3 1 Sensor, clamping pressure single/left clamp. WARNING
B 7680 3 3 3 Sensor, clamping pressure right clamp. WARNING
B 7680 3 7 10 Sensor, function lifting tool, tool changer left. WARNING
B 7680 4 7 10 Sensor, function lifting tool, tool changer left. WARNING
B 7680 3 7 20 Sensor, function lifting tool, tool changer right. WARNING
B 7680 4 7 20 Sensor, function lifting tool, tool changer right. WARNING
B 7681 3 2 Brake pressure sensor. WARNING
B 7681 4 2 Brake pressure sensor. WARNING
B 7682 3 2 Sensor parking brake WARNING
B 7683 3 2 Accumulator pressure sensor. WARNING
B 7683 4 2 Accumulator pressure sensor. WARNING
B 7686 3 2 Sensor boom length. WARNING
B 7688 3 7 LS-pressure attachment (K-motion). WARNING
B 7688 4 7 LS-pressure attachment (K-motion). WARNING
B 7701 2 3 Revolving driver's seat, incorrect or no feedback. STOP
B 7720 0 2 High temperature oil brake system. STOP
B 7720 32 2 Sensor, oil temperature brake system. WARNING
B 7720 33 2 Sensor, oil temperature brake system. WARNING
B 7740 32 1 Ambient temperature sensor. INFORMATION


pe
B 7740 33 1 Ambient temperature sensor. INFORMATION
B 7751 32 1 Inner temperature sensor. INFORMATION
B 7751 33 1 Inner temperature sensor. INFORMATION
B 7752 32 1 Fan temperature sensor. INFORMATION
B 7752 33 1 Fan temperature sensor. INFORMATION
B 7753 32 1 Temperature display sensor. INFORMATION
B 7753 33 1 Temperature display sensor. INFORMATION
B 7755 1 2 Water heater, air conditioning water level low. INFORMATION
B 7760 32 2 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor. WARNING
B 7760 33 2 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor. WARNING
B 7770 3 3 Turnable operator's station, position operator's STOP
station.
B 7770 4 3 Turnable operator's station, position operator's STOP
station.
B 7770 2 3 Turnable operator's station, no change of angle when STOP
turning is requested.
B 7770 3 7 Position sensor side shift. STOP
B 7770 4 7 Position sensor side shift. STOP
D 7801 31 2 20 Motor regulator propulsion right is missing (D7801). STOP
D 7802 31 2 10 Motor regulator propulsion left is missing (D7802). STOP
D 7811 31 2 Motor regulator pump load handling and steering is STOP
missing (D7811).
D 7812 31 2 Motor regulator pump brake system and A/C is STOP
missing (D7812).
A 7870 2 2 Sensor fault, overload system. STOP
D 7901 31 12 Control unit missing. STOP
D 7930 31 2 1 Control unit missing. STOP
A 7991 31 1 Control unit missing. STOP
E 8020 5 2 Electrically-heated rear view mirror. INFORMATION
E 8020 6 2 Electrically-heated rear view mirror. INFORMATION
E 8050 11 2 Water heater, air conditioning not working. INFORMATION
R 8070 3 11 1 Control lever lift/lower. WARNING


pe
R 8070 4 11 1 Control lever lift/lower. WARNING
R 8070 3 11 2 Control lever tilt out/in. WARNING
R 8070 4 11 2 Control lever tilt out/in. WARNING
R 8070 3 11 3 Control lever side shift. WARNING
R 8070 4 11 3 Control lever side shift. WARNING
R 8070 3 11 4 Control lever spreading/side shift. WARNING
Control lever, side shift and spreading.
R 8070 4 11 4 Control lever spreading/side shift. WARNING
R 8070 3 11 5 Control lever 5th function. WARNING
R 8092 3 11 1 Brake position A. WARNING
R 8092 3 11 2 Brake position B. WARNING
M 8100 5 1 Condenser roof. INFORMATION
M 8100 6 1 Condenser roof. INFORMATION
R 8250 3 1 1 Potentiometer joystick control/mini-wheel, channel 1. STOP
R 8250 4 1 1 Potentiometer joystick control/mini-wheel, channel 1. STOP
R 8250 3 1 2 Potentiometer mini-steering wheel, channel 2. STOP
R 8250 4 1 2 Potentiometer mini-steering wheel, channel 2. STOP
H 8500 6 1 Horn. WARNING
K 8881 6 1 Relay rear windscreen heating. INFORMATION
D 9001 31 1 VDI. WARNING
H 9003 5 7 Buzzer automatic spreading 20'–40'. WARNING
H 9003 6 7 Buzzer automatic spreading 20'–40'. WARNING
D 9130 13 2 Tyre pressure monitoring system. INFORMATION
D 9130 14 2 1 Sensor tyre pressure, left front outer wheel. INFORMATION
D 9130 14 2 2 Sensor tyre pressure, left front inner wheel. INFORMATION
D 9130 14 2 3 Sensor tyre pressure, right front inner wheel. INFORMATION
D 9130 14 2 4 Sensor tyre pressure, right front outer wheel. INFORMATION
D 9130 14 2 5 Sensor tyre pressure, right rear. INFORMATION
D 9130 14 2 6 Sensor tyre pressure, left rear. INFORMATION
D 9130 31 2 Tyre pressure monitoring system. WARNING
A 9150 31 1 Kalmar MTU (Machine Telematic Unit). WARNING
A 9170 11 1 External scales. WARNING


pe
A 9170 31 1 External scales. WARNING
A 9170 2 1 100 External scales, scales unit attachment. WARNING
A 9630 5 2 Fire extinguishing system. WARNING
A 9630 6 2 Fire extinguishing system. WARNING
H 9650 6 2 1 Reverse alarm. WARNING
H 9650 6 3 2 Reverse alarm front, at revolving driver's seat WARNING
10001 54 1 System error. INFORMATION
10002 14 1 Configuration number does not correspond for STOP
Control unit KCU (D7901).
Control unit KFU (D7971).
Control unit KFU-2 (D7972).
Control unit KAU-2 (D7912).
Control unit KAU (D7911).
Control unit KPU (D7902).
Control unit KID (D7950).
10003 14 1 Program version does not correspond for Control unit WARNING
KCU (D7901).
KFU (D7971).
KFU-2 (D7972).
KAU-2 (D7912).
KAU (D7911).
KPU (D7902).
KID (D7950).
10004 14 1 No Setup file for Control unit KCU (D7901). STOP
10004 14 2 No Setup file for Control unit KFU (D7971). STOP
10004 14 3 No Setup file for Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). STOP
10004 14 6 No Setup file for Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). STOP
10004 14 7 No Setup file for Control unit KAU (D7911). STOP
10004 14 11 No Setup file for Control unit KPU (D7902). STOP


pe
10004 14 12 No Setup file for Control unit KID (D7950). STOP
10005 14 1 1 No drivetrain parameter file, Control unit KCU STOP
(D7901).
10005 14 2 1 No drivetrain parameter file, Control unit KCU KFU STOP
(D7971).
10005 14 2 2 No load sensor parameter file, Control unit KCU KFU STOP
(D7971).
10005 14 2 3 No fuel tank parameter file, Control unit KCU KFU STOP
(D7971).
10005 14 2 4 No central lubrication parameter file, Control unit STOP
KFU (D7971).
10005 14 2 5 No front tyre parameter file, Control unit KFU STOP
(D7971).
10005 14 2 6 No overload system (OLS) parameter file, Control STOP
unit KFU (D7971).
10005 14 2 7 No parameter file Eco Drive Mode, Control unit KFU STOP
(D7971).
10005 14 3 1 No drivetrain parameter file, Control unit KFU-2 STOP
(D7972).
10005 14 7 4 Parameter file central lubrication attachment missing, STOP
Control unit KAU (D7911).
10005 14 11 1 No drivetrain parameter file, Control unit KPU STOP
(D7902).
10005 14 11 7 No control lever parameter file, Control unit KPU STOP
(D7902).
10005 14 12 1 No drivetrain parameter file, Control unit KID (D7950). STOP
10101 3 1 Battery voltage Control unit KCU (D7901). WARNING
10101 4 1 Battery voltage Control unit KCU (D7901). Check STOP
the fuses.
10102 3 1 Ignition voltage Control unit KCU (D7901). WARNING
10102 4 1 Ignition voltage Control unit KCU (D7901). Check STOP
the fuses.
10102 4 1 1 Ignition voltage Control unit KEM (A7991). Check WARNING
the fuses.
10102 3 2 Ignition voltage Control unit KFU (D7971). WARNING
10102 4 2 Ignition voltage Control unit KFU (D7971). Check the STOP
fuses.
10102 6 2 2 Ignition voltage Control unit engine (D7940). WARNING
10102 3 3 Ignition voltage Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). WARNING
10102 4 3 Ignition voltage Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). Check STOP
the fuses.
10102 3 6 Ignition voltage Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). STOP
10102 4 6 Ignition voltage Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). Check STOP
the fuses.
10102 3 7 Ignition voltage Control unit KAU (D7911). WARNING
10102 4 7 Ignition voltage Control unit KAU (D7911). Check the STOP
fuses.


pe
10102 4 7 1 Ignition voltage Control unit KEM-2 (A7992). Check STOP
the fuses.
10102 4 7 2 Ignition voltage Control unit KEM-3 (A7993). Check STOP
the fuses.
10102 3 11 Ignition voltage Control unit KPU (D7902). WARNING
10102 4 11 Ignition voltage Control unit KPU (D7902). Check STOP
the fuses.
10102 3 12 Ignition voltage Control unit KID (D7950). WARNING
10102 4 12 Ignition voltage Control unit KID (D7950). Check the STOP
fuses.
10103 6 1 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KCU (D7901). STOP
10103 3 2 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KFU (D7971). STOP
10103 4 2 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KFU (D7971). STOP
10103 3 3 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). STOP
10103 4 3 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). STOP
10103 3 6 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). STOP
10103 4 6 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). STOP
10103 3 7 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KAU (D7911). STOP
10103 4 7 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KAU (D7911). STOP
10103 4 11 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KPU (D7902). STOP
10103 3 12 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KID (D7950). STOP
10103 4 12 Redundant voltage feed Control unit KID (D7950). STOP
10104 3 1 5V reference voltage Control unit KCU (D7901). WARNING
10104 4 1 5V reference voltage Control unit KCU (D7901). WARNING
10104 3 1 1 5V reference voltage Control unit KEM (A7991). STOP
10104 4 1 1 5V reference voltage Control unit KEM (A7991). STOP
10104 3 2 5V reference voltage Control unit KFU (D7971). WARNING
10104 4 2 5V reference voltage Control unit KFU (D7971). WARNING
10104 3 3 5V reference voltage Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). WARNING
10104 4 3 5V reference voltage Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). WARNING
10104 3 6 5V reference voltage Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). WARNING
10104 4 6 5V reference voltage Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). WARNING
10104 3 7 5V reference voltage Control unit KAU (D7911). WARNING
10104 3 7 1 5V reference voltage Control unit KEM-2 (A7992). STOP
10104 4 7 5V reference voltage Control unit KAU (D7911). WARNING
10104 3 11 5V reference voltage Control unit KPU (D7902). WARNING
10104 4 11 5V reference voltage Control unit KPU (D7902). WARNING
10104 3 11 1 5V voltage feed to steering wheel panel. WARNING


pe
10104 4 11 1 5V voltage feed to steering wheel panel. WARNING
10104 6 11 2 Background lighting, steering wheel panel. WARNING
10104 6 11 3 Function lighting, steering wheel panel. WARNING
10104 3 12 5V reference voltage Control unit KID (D7950). WARNING
10104 4 12 5V reference voltage Control unit KID (D7950). WARNING
10105 2 2 1 Reference ground Control unit KFU (D7971). WARNING
10105 2 3 1 Reference ground Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). WARNING
10105 2 6 Reference ground Control unit KAU-2 (D7912) WARNING
indicator lights.
10105 6 6 Reference ground Control unit KAU-2 (D7912) WARNING
indicator lights.
10105 2 6 1 Reference ground Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). WARNING
10105 2 7 1 Reference ground Control unit KAU (D7911). WARNING
10105 5 7 2 Reference ground Control unit KEM-3 (A7993). STOP
10105 6 7 2 Reference ground Control unit KEM-3 (A7993). STOP
10106 6 1 24V voltage feed left-hand arm rest (mini steering STOP
wheel/joystick control).
10106 6 2 1 24V voltage feed sensor frame. WARNING
10106 6 2 2 24 V voltage feed sensor mast. WARNING
10106 6 6 LF 24V voltage feed sensor lift leg, front left. WARNING
10106 6 6 RF 24V voltage feed sensor lift leg, front right. WARNING
10106 6 6 LR 24V voltage feed sensor lift leg, rear left. WARNING
10106 6 6 RR 24V voltage feed sensor lift leg, rear right. WARNING
10106 6 7 2 24V voltage feed sensor WTP. STOP
10106 6 7 10 24V voltage feed sensor attachment, left. WARNING


pe
10106 6 7 20 24V voltage feed sensor attachment, right. WARNING
10106 6 7 1 24V voltage feed sensor attachment, ELME. WARNING
10106 6 11 1 24V voltage feed switch cab. WARNING
10106 6 11 2 24V voltage feed switch cab. WARNING
10106 6 11 3 24V voltage feed components cab. WARNING
10106 6 11 4 24V voltage feed control breaker. WARNING
10107 6 11 1 Guide lights dashboard panel. WARNING
10201 35 12 RedCAN, CAN error. STOP
10201 40 12 CAN bus, control unit disappeared after start-up, STOP
Control unit KID (D7950).
10201 41 12 CAN bus, control unit not found at start-up, Control STOP
unit KID (D7950).
10201 42 12 CAN bus, segment error normal side, Control unit WARNING
KID (D7950).
10201 43 12 CAN bus, segment error RedCAN side, Control unit WARNING
KID (D7950).
10201 44 12 CAN bus, control unit misplaced, Control unit KID STOP
(D7950).
10202 31 2 CAN bus drivetrain communication error. STOP
10202 35 2 CAN bus drivetrain open circuit. STOP
10204 35 1 CAN bus option cab, open circuit. STOP
10204 36 1 CAN bus option cab, communication error. STOP
10301 2 1 Non-volatile memory Control unit KCU (D7901). STOP
10301 2 2 Non-volatile memory Control unit KFU (D7971). STOP
10301 2 3 Non-volatile memory Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). STOP
10301 2 6 Non-volatile memory Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). STOP
10301 2 7 Non-volatile memory Control unit KAU (D7911). STOP
10301 2 11 Non-volatile memory Control unit KPU (D7902). STOP
10301 2 12 Non-volatile memory Control unit KID (D7950). STOP
10302 2 1 Application log Control unit KCU (D7901). STOP
10302 2 2 Application log Control unit KFU (D7971). STOP
10302 2 3 Application log Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). STOP
10302 2 6 Application log Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). STOP
10302 2 7 Application log Control unit KAU (D7911). STOP
10302 2 11 Application log Control unit KPU (D7902). STOP
10302 2 12 Application log Control unit KID (D7950). STOP


pe
10303 0 1 High temperature circuit board, Control unit KCU STOP
(D7901).
10303 0 2 High temperature circuit board, Control unit KFU STOP
(D7971).
10303 0 3 High temperature circuit board, Control unit KFU-2 STOP
(D7972).
10303 0 6 High temperature circuit board, Control unit KAU-2 STOP
(D7912).
10303 0 7 High temperature circuit board, Control unit KAU STOP
(D7911).
10303 0 11 High temperature circuit board, Control unit KPU STOP
(D7902).
10303 0 12 High temperature circuit board, Control unit KID STOP
(D7950).
10304 2 1 Processing time for software in Control unit KCU STOP
(D7901).
10304 2 2 Processing time for software in Control unit KFU STOP
(D7971).
10304 2 3 Processing time for software in Control unit KFU-2 STOP
(D7972).
10304 2 11 Processing time for software in Control unit KPU STOP
(D7902).
10304 2 12 Processing time for software in Control unit KID STOP
(D7950).
10305 6 1 High power consumption Control unit KCU (D7901). WARNING
10305 6 2 High power consumption Control unit KFU (D7971). WARNING
10305 6 3 High power consumption Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). WARNING
10305 6 6 High power consumption Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). WARNING
10305 6 7 High power consumption Control unit KAU (D7911). WARNING
10305 6 11 High power consumption Control unit KPU (D7902). WARNING
10305 6 12 High power consumption Control unit KID (D7950). WARNING
10306 3 2 1 Control breaker voltage Control unit KFU (D7971). WARNING
10306 4 2 1 Control breaker voltage Control unit KFU (D7971). STOP
10306 3 3 1 Control breaker voltage Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). STOP


pe
10306 4 6 1 Control breaker voltage Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). STOP
10306 3 7 1 Control breaker voltage Control unit KAU (D7911). STOP
10307 2 1 Memory error Control unit KCU (D7901). STOP
10307 2 2 Memory error Control unit KFU (D7971). STOP
10307 2 3 Memory error Control unit KFU-2 (D7972). STOP
10307 2 6 Memory error Control unit KAU-2 (D7912). STOP
10307 2 7 Memory error Control unit KAU (D7911). STOP
10307 2 11 Memory error Control unit KPU (D7902). STOP
10307 2 12 Memory error Control unit KID (D7950). STOP

Error codes engine Volvo TAD572VE, Volvo TAD850VE

and Volvo TAD851VE and TAD871VE
General
General
Error codes for the engine are sorted in numerical order. The table
• SPN - Specifies component, SPN is the error code that is shown in
the machine, in accordance with SAE J1939
• Supplier-code indicates the error code in accordance with the
supplier's specification.
in question.
Table Error codes, engine (engine option Volvo)
SPN FMI Supplier Description Action

code
28 2 - + switches. WARNING
29 2 - Accelerator. WARNING
51 3 P02E612 Sensor throttle position. Engine speed limited to idling WARNING
speed.
speed.
speed.
speed.
speed. Engine difficult to start or does not start at all.
91 0 P012085 Accelerator. Speed limitation. WARNING
91 9 P012082 Accelerator. WARNING
91 19 P012083 Accelerator. Speed limitation. WARNING
94 0 P008B97 High fuel pressure. WARNING
94 3 P253912 Fuel pressure sensor. WARNING
94 18 P008A00 Low fuel pressure. Reduced output and torque. WARNING
97 0 P226985 Water in fuel. WARNING
Drain the fuel pre-filter, see
6.2.2 Fuel system.

Table Error codes, engine (engine option Volvo) (continued)

code
97 4 P226411 Sensor, water-in-fuel. WARNING
97 12 P226401 Sensor, water-in-fuel. WARNING
98 1 P250F00 Low oil level engine. WARNING
Check the oil level in the
engine. See 6.2.7 Engine
oil.
98 4 P250A11 Sensor oil level engine. WARNING
oil.
98 5 P250A13 Sensor oil level engine. WARNING
oil.
98 18 P108600 Low oil level engine. WARNING
oil.
100 1 P052400 Oil pressure too low. Reduced engine power or engine is WARNING
turned off.
oil.
100 3 P052012 Oil pressure sensor. STOP
100 5 P052013 Oil pressure sensor. STOP
100 18 P109300 Low oil pressure in engine. Reduced engine power or WARNING
engine is turned off.
oil.
102 0 P111800 Boost pressure too high. Reduced engine power. STOP
102 3 P010512 Sensor, boost pressure. Reduced engine power. STOP
102 5 P010513 Sensor, boost pressure. Reduced engine power. STOP
102 16 P111600 High charge-air pressure. STOP
105 0 P111A00 Boost temperature too high. Reduced engine power. STOP
105 4 P011011 Sensor, boost temperature. STOP
105 5 P011013 Sensor, boost temperature. STOP
105 16 P111900 High boost temperature. STOP
107 0 P10F800 Low pressure between air filter and turbo. WARNING
107 3 P100712 Sensor air pressure intake. WARNING
107 12 P100701 Pressure sensor air filter. WARNING
108 5 P222613 Sensor air pressure. WARNING


code
110 0 P021700 Coolant temperature too high. Reduced engine power. STOP
Check the coolant level.
See 6.2.6 Cooling system.
110 4 P011511 Sensor, coolant temperature. Engine hard to start. STOP
110 5 P011513 Sensor, coolant temperature. Engine hard to start. STOP
110 16 P111E00 High coolant temperature. STOP
111 1 P256000 Low coolant level. STOP
111 3 P255612 Sensor, coolant level. STOP
111 18 P111D00 Low coolant level. STOP
131 3 P047012 Pressure sensor exhaust gases. Engine brake, low WARNING
performance.
131 5 P047013 Pressure sensor exhaust gases. Engine brake, low WARNING
performance.
131 12 P047001 Pressure sensor exhaust gases. WARNING
157 0 P008800 Fuel pressure, too high. Reduced engine power. WARNING
157 1 P008700 Fuel pressure, too low. The engine can be switched off. WARNING
157 4 P019011 Pressure sensor fuel. Reduced engine power. WARNING
157 14 P00C600 Pressure sensor fuel. The engine turns over but does not WARNING
start.
157 16 P114700 Fuel pressure, high. Reduced engine power. WARNING
158 2 P05611F Voltage feed Control unit engine (D7940). Uneven torque. WARNING
158 3 - Voltage feed Control unit engine (D7940). WARNING
158 4 - Voltage feed Control unit engine (D7940). WARNING
172 4 P00D911 Ambient temperature sensor. Engine difficult to start at low WARNING
temperatures.
172 5 P00D913 Ambient temperature sensor. Engine difficult to start at low WARNING
temperatures.
173 0 P242800 Exhaust temperature too high. Reduced engine power. WARNING
173 16 P112E00 High exhaust temperature. WARNING
175 0 P029800 Oil temperature too high. Reduced engine power. STOP
175 4 P019511 Sensor, oil temperature. Speed limitation. STOP
175 5 P019513 Sensor, oil temperature. STOP


code
175 16 P112500 High oil temperature. STOP
190 0 P021900 Engine speed too high. Engine speed is limited. WARNING
190 16 P119D00 Engine speed too high. WARNING
411 3 P040912 Pressure sensor exhaust gas recirculation (EGR). WARNING
412 0 P112100 EGR temperature too high. Reduced engine power. WARNING
412 4 P040A11 Temperature sensor exhaust gas recirculation (EGR). WARNING
412 16 P112200 EGR temperature higher than normal. Reduced engine WARNING
power.
626 2 - Start button WARNING
626 3 P100212 Relay, preheating. Engine difficult to start at low WARNING
temperatures.
temperatures.
temperatures.
628 2 P060741 Memory error in Control unit engine (D7940). Engine does WARNING
not start.
628 2 - Memory error in Control unit engine (D7940). Engine does WARNING
not start.
not start.
not start.
not start.
not start.
636 7 P001676 Camshaft speed sensor. The engine takes longer to start WARNING
than normal or does not start at all.
636 8 P034038 Speed sensor camshaft. The engine takes longer to start WARNING
than normal.
636 9 P034031 Speed sensor camshaft. The engine takes longer to start WARNING
than normal.
637 2 P03351F Crankshaft speed sensor. The engine takes longer to start WARNING
than normal. Reduced torque.
637 8 P033538 Crankshaft speed sensor. The engine takes longer to start WARNING
637 9 P033531 Crankshaft speed sensor. The engine takes longer to start WARNING


code
639 2 U001088 Control unit engine (D7940), communication error CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain (J1939).
Engine shut-off: the engine cannot be started.
Engine running: the engine can only be stopped by using
the emergency stop.
639 2 - Control unit engine (D7940), communication error CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain (J1939).
the emergency stop.
639 9 - Control unit engine (D7940), communication error CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain (J1939).
the emergency stop.
641 0 P004577 Variable turbo geometry too high value. Reduced engine WARNING
power.
641 2 P256214 Actuator variable turbo geometry. Reduced engine power. WARNING
641 3 P006E17 Actuator variable turbo geometry. Reduced engine power. WARNING
641 9 U010C00 Actuator variable turbo geometry. Reduced engine power. WARNING
641 17 P112B00 Variable turbo geometry temperature higher than normal. WARNING
Reduced engine power.
647 3 P048012 Electromagnetic clutch cooling fan. Cooling fan drive WARNING
locked at 100%.
647 4 P048011 Electromagnetic clutch cooling fan. Cooling fan drive not WARNING
working, risk of overheating.
647 5 P048013 Electromagnetic clutch cooling fan. Cooling fan drive WARNING
locked at 100%.
651 3 P020112 Injector cylinder 1. The engine has reduced power output. WARNING


code
677 3 P061512 Start relay on the starter motor. Engine does not start. WARNING
679 3 P009012 Fuel pressure regulator (MPROP). Reduced engine power. WARNING
679 7 P228D72 Fuel pressure regulator (MPROP). Reduced engine power. WARNING
729 5 P054013 Preheating element. Engine difficult to start at low WARNING
temperatures.
temperatures.
729 7 P05407F Relay, preheating. Engine difficult to start at low WARNING
temperatures.
729 12 P054001 Preheating element. Engine difficult to start at low WARNING
temperatures.
970 3 P100112 Stop-button on engine. The engine is switched off and WARNING
cannot be started.
cannot be started.
cannot be started.
970 11 P100192 Stop-button on engine. Engine cannot be started. WARNING
970 14 P100190 Stop-button on engine. Engine cannot be started. WARNING
1188 3 P024312 Actuator intercooler pressure control. WARNING
1239 14 P009400 Fuel leakage, minor. WARNING
1347 7 P06279C Fuel pressure pump. Reduced engine power. WARNING
1485 7 P068573 Voltage feed Control unit engine (D7940). WARNING
1639 3 P052612 Sensor fan speed. The cooling fan does not disengage. WARNING
1668 2 U008088 Engine control unit (D7940) communication error. WARNING
1761 3 P203A12 Level sensor AdBlue tank. WARNING
P203A86


code
P203A86
1761 17 P114500 AdBlue level, below normal level. WARNING
1761 18 P203F00 AdBlue-level, low. Reduced engine power. WARNING
2000 9 U010000 Control unit engine (D7940) communication error CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain (J1939).
2017 9 U014100 Control unit engine (D7940) communication error CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain (J1939).
2036 9 U117100 Communication error with machine. WARNING
2659 10 P04007C EGR system. WARNING
2659 18 P04009C EGR system, low flow. WARNING
2791 2 P048613 EGR position sensor. Reduced engine power. WARNING
2791 3 P041A12 EGR unit. Reduced engine power. WARNING
2791 4 P041A11 EGR unit. Reduced engine power. WARNING
2791 5 P040313 EGR unit. Reduced engine power. WARNING
2791 9 U010A00 Communication error between EGR unit and Control unit WARNING
engine (D7940). Reduced engine power.
2791 11 P040392 EGR valve. Reduced engine power. WARNING
2791 12 P040341 EGR valve. Reduced engine power. WARNING
2791 17 P114E00 EGR valve, temperature higher than normal. Reduced WARNING
engine power.
3031 0 P24FF00 AdBlue-temperature too high. WARNING
3031 4 P205A11 Temperature sensor AdBlue tank. WARNING
3031 5 P205A13 Temperature sensor AdBlue tank. WARNING
3031 12 P205A86 Temperature sensor AdBlue tank. Reduced engine power. WARNING
P205A01
3216 2 P220064 NOx sensor inlet catalytic converter WARNING
3216 9 U029D00 NOx sensor inlet catalytic converter Reduced engine power. WARNING
3216 11 P225D00 NOx sensor inlet catalytic converter Reduced engine power. WARNING
3216 12 P22FB92 NOx sensor inlet catalytic converter WARNING
3216 14 P22001C NOx sensor inlet catalytic converter WARNING
3226 2 P229E64 NOx sensor outlet catalytic converter. WARNING
3226 3 P229E12 NOx sensor outlet catalytic converter. Reduced engine WARNING
power.
3226 5 P229E13 NOx sensor outlet catalytic converter. Reduced engine WARNING
power.


code
3226 7 P225F00 NOx sensor outlet catalytic converter. Reduced engine WARNING
power.
3226 9 U029E00 NOx sensor outlet catalytic converter. Reduced engine WARNING
power.
3226 12 P22FE00 NOx sensor outlet catalytic converter. WARNING
3226 13 P229E93 NOx sensor outlet catalytic converter. WARNING
3226 14 P229E1C NOx sensor outlet catalytic converter. WARNING
3241 4 P054411 Sensor exhaust temperature 1. WARNING
3241 12 P054401 Sensor exhaust temperature 1 WARNING
3361 12 P204F93 Metering valve AdBlue. Reduced engine power. WARNING
3361 12 P208A86 AdBlue pump. Reduced engine power. WARNING
3363 3 P20B112 Heating valve AdBlue tank. Risk that AdBlue freezes in WARNING
the tank.
the tank.
the tank.
3364 17 P207F9A Incorrect AdBlue quality. WARNING
3464 3 P02E012 Actuator motor throttle. WARNING
3464 7 P02E09C Actuator motor throttle. WARNING
3464 10 P02E07C Actuator motor throttle. WARNING
3464 12 P02E09B Actuator motor throttle. WARNING
3468 2 P018564 Fuel temperature manifold. WARNING
3468 4 P018511 Fuel temperature sensor. WARNING
3468 16 P016800 Fuel temperature too high. Reduced engine power. WARNING
3509 3 P06B017 Voltage feed sensor A. WARNING
3509 4 P06B016 Voltage feed sensor A. WARNING
3510 3 P06B317 Voltage feed sensor B. WARNING
3511 3 P06E617 Voltage feed sensor C. WARNING
3511 4 P06E616 Voltage feed sensor C. WARNING
3597 3 P065712 AdBlue pump unit voltage feed A. No AdBlue additive. WARNING
3597 4 P065711 AdBlue pump unit voltage feed A. No AdBlue additive. WARNING
3598 3 P266912 AdBlue pump unit voltage feed B. Risk that AdBlue freezes. WARNING


code
3598 4 P266911 AdBlue pump unit voltage feed B. Risk that AdBlue freezes. WARNING
4334 4 P204A11 Pressure sensor AdBlue. Reduced engine power. WARNING
4334 5 P204A13 Pressure sensor AdBlue. Reduced engine power. WARNING
4354 3 P20B912 Hose heater A AdBlue. Risk that AdBlue freezes in the WARNING
hose.
hose.
hose.
4355 3 P20BD12 Hose heater B AdBlue. Risk that AdBlue freezes in the WARNING
hose.
hose.
hose.
4356 3 P20C112 Hose heater C AdBlue. Risk that AdBlue freezes in the WARNING
hose.
hose.
hose.
hose.
4374 0 P202D7A AdBlue system, pressure leakage. WARNING
4374 1 P208A92 AdBlue pump unit, motor speed too low. No AdBlue WARNING
additive.
4375 0 P10AD12 Motor AdBlue pump unit. WARNING
4375 3 P208A12 Motor AdBlue pump unit. WARNING
4375 14 P21CAA1 Motor AdBlue pump unit. WARNING
4376 3 P20A012 Directional control valve AdBlue pump unit. AdBlue is not WARNING
pumped back to the tank when the engine is switched off.
4752 7 P245700 EGR cooler, temperature deviation. WARNING
5016 4 P26E711 AdBlue pump unit voltage feed D. WARNING
5392 31 P20E892 AdBlue pressure. Reduced engine power. WARNING
5394 3 P204712 AdBlue injection unit. No AdBlue additive. WARNING


code
5394 12 P204786 AdBlue injection unit. WARNING
5435 14 P204F94 AdBlue system. WARNING
5485 14 P10CE97 AdBlue pump unit, no return flow. WARNING
5765 10 P041A2A EGR temperature sensor. Reduced engine power. WARNING
520244 3 P009B12 Fuel pressure relief valve. Reduced engine power. WARNING
520244 12 P018F00 Fuel pressure relief valve. Reduced engine power. WARNING
520245 0 P016E00 Fuel pressure, too high. Reduced engine power. WARNING
520245 1 P016F00 Fuel pressure, too low. Reduced engine power. WARNING
520245 16 P228F00 Fuel pressure above normal level. Reduced engine power. WARNING
520245 18 P228E00 Fuel pressure below normal level. WARNING
520335 5 U300001 Control unit engine (D7940). Engine does not start. WARNING
520416 9 U116F00 Communication error Control unit after-treatment system WARNING
(UDS). No AdBlue additive.
520688 0 P11A600 Exhaust temperature too high. WARNING
520688 3 P11A412 Sensor exhaust temperature. WARNING
520688 16 P11A500 Exhaust temperature higher than normal. WARNING
Error codes engine Cummins QSB6.7

General
General
Error codes for the engine are sorted in numerical order. The table
the machine, in accordance with SAE J1939
supplier's specification.
in question.

Table Error codes engine (engine option Cummins QSB6.7 Stage 3A/Tier 3)

code
91 3 131 Accelerator pedal or lever position sensor circuit. Major WARNING
decrease in engine power. Only emergency operation
power.
91 4 132 Accelerator pedal or lever position sensor circuit. Major WARNING
decrease in engine power. Only emergency operation
power.
91 9 3326 SAE J1939 multiplexing, system error accelerator pedal WARNING
sensor. Engine speed limited to idling speed.
94 3 546 Sensor, injection pressure. WARNING
94 4 547 Sensor, injection pressure. WARNING
94 15 2261 Fuel pressure. Least serious level. Decrease in engine WARNING
power.
94 17 2262 Fuel pressure. Least serious level. Engine difficult to start. WARNING
Decrease in engine power.
94 18 559 Fuel pump feed pressure. Moderately serious level. The WARNING
engine control unit has detected fuel pressure in the fuel
2215 rail, which is higher than the requested pressure. Engine
power decreases
97 3 428 Sensor circuit for water in fuel indicator. No performance WARNING
loss. No water in fuel warning available.
1845
97 4 429 Sensor circuit for water in fuel indicator. No performance WARNING
loss. No water in fuel warning available.
1846
97 15 418 Water in fuel indicator. The least serious level. Water has WARNING
been detected in the fuel filter. Possible white smoke,
power reduction or difficult to start.
97 16 1852 Water in fuel indicator. Moderately serious level. Possible WARNING
white smoke, power reduction or difficult to start.
100 1 415 Engine oil duct pressure. The most serious level. STOP
Progressive power reduction that increases with time after
the warning. If the Engine protection shutdown function is
activated, the engine is switched off 30 seconds after the
red STOP light starts to flash.
100 2 435 Oil pressure switch sensor circuit. No performance loss. WARNING
100 3 135 Oil pressure sensor circuit. No performance loss. WARNING
100 4 141 Oil pressure sensor circuit. No performance loss. WARNING
100 18 143 Engine oil duct pressure. Moderately serious level. No WARNING
performance loss.
101 0 556 Crankcase pressure. The engine is switched off. WARNING
101 2 1942 Crankcase pressure. WARNING
101 16 555 Crankcase pressure. No performance loss. WARNING
1974
102 2 2973 Intake manifold pressure sensor circuit. Engine power WARNING
decreases.
decreases.

Table Error codes engine (engine option Cummins QSB6.7 Stage 3A/Tier 3) (continued)

code
decreases.
105 0 155 Temperature intake manifold 1. The most serious level. STOP
105 3 153 Intake manifold air temperature sensor circuit. Possible WARNING
white smoke. The fan remains switched on if controlled by
the engine control unit. No engine protection for the intake
manifold air temperature.
105 4 154 Intake manifold air temperature sensor circuit. Possible WARNING
white smoke. The fan remains switched on if controlled by
the engine control unit. No engine protection for the intake
manifold air temperature.
105 10 783 Temperature inlet manifold. The engine is switched off. WARNING
105 16 488 Circuit, temperature sensor inlet manifold. WARNING
108 2 295 Barometric pressure. WARNING
108 3 221 Barometric pressure sensor circuit. Engine power WARNING
decreases.
108 4 222 Barometric pressure sensor circuit. Engine power WARNING
decreases.
109 1 228 Sensor coolant pressure. Most serious level. WARNING
109 3 231 Sensor coolant pressure. No limitation. WARNING
109 4 232 Sensor coolant pressure. No limitation. WARNING
110 0 151 Engine coolant temperature. The most serious level. STOP
110 3 144 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1. Possible white WARNING
smoke. The fan remains switched on if controlled by the
engine control unit. No engine protection for the engine
coolant temperature.
110 4 145 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1. Possible white WARNING
smoke. The fan remains switched on if controlled by the
engine control unit. No engine protection for the engine
coolant temperature.
110 14 1847 Engine coolant temperature high. The engine is switched WARNING
off.
110 16 146 Engine coolant temperature. Moderately serious level. WARNING
the warning.
111 1 235 Coolant level. The most serious level. Progressive power STOP
reduction that increases with time after the warning. If
the Engine protection shutdown function is activated, the
engine is switched off for 30 seconds after the red STOP
light starts to flash.
111 2 422 Coolant level. The engine is switched off. WARNING
111 3 195 Coolant level sensor circuit. No performance loss. WARNING
111 4 196 Coolant level sensor circuit. No performance loss. WARNING


code
111 18 197 Coolant level. The most serious level. Progressive power WARNING
reduction that increases with time after the warning. If
the Engine protection shutdown function is activated, the
engine is switched off for 30 seconds after the red STOP
light starts to flash.
157 0 449 Injector measurement, pressure channel number 1. WARNING
Moderately serious level. No noise or possible noise
1911 from the engine associated with higher injection pressure
(particularly while idling or with a high load). Engine power
decreases.
157 1 2249 Injector measurement, pressure channel number 1. The WARNING
most serious level. No noise or possible noise from
the engine associated with higher injection pressure
decreases.
157 2 554 Injector measurement, pressure channel number 1. The WARNING
engine control unit estimates the fuel pressure and the
power output is reduced.
157 3 451 Injector measurement, channel number 1, pressure sensor WARNING
circuit. Power and/or speed reduction.
157 4 452 Injector measurement, channel number 1, pressure sensor WARNING
circuit. Power and/or speed reduction.
157 16 553 Injector measurement, channel number 1, pressure. WARNING
Moderately serious level. No noise or possible noise
from the engine associated with higher injection pressure
decreases.
166 2 951 Imbalance between cylinders. WARNING
168 16 442 Voltage battery 1. Moderately serious level. WARNING
168 18 441 Voltage battery 1. Moderately serious level. WARNING
173 0 2737 Exhaust temperature sensor. WARNING
173 16 248 Exhaust temperature sensor. WARNING
175 0 214 High engine oil temperature. Power and/or speed reduction. WARNING
175 3 212 Sensor, oil temperature. No limitation. WARNING
175 4 213 Sensor, oil temperature. No limitation. WARNING
175 16 421 High engine oil temperature. The engine is switched off. WARNING
190 0 234 Engine crankshaft speed/position. The most serious level. STOP
190 2 689 Engine's crankshaft speed/position. Engine may run rough. WARNING
May be difficult to start. The engine is run with backup
2321 speed sensor. Engine power is reduced.
190 16 1992 Engine crankshaft speed/position. Moderately serious WARNING
level. Engine speed signal indicates engine speed above
engine protection limit. Fuel injection disabled until engine
speed fails below the overspeed limit.
441 3 293 Auxiliary temperature sensor input signal 1. No WARNING
performance loss.
441 4 294 Auxiliary temperature sensor input signal 1. No WARNING
performance loss.
441 14 292 Ambient temperature 1. Possible reduced engine power. WARNING
611 4 238 Voltage feed no. 3, sensor. WARNING


code
611 16 2292 Measuring device fuel inlet. Moderately serious level. WARNING
Engine may be difficult to start. Engine power is reduced.
611 18 2293 Fuel injection unit. Moderately serious level. The engine WARNING
has lower power output.
611 31 757 Control unit engine (D7940). Engine may be difficult to start. WARNING
612 2 115 The engine's magnetic crankshaft speed/position sensor WARNING
has lost both signals. The fuel to the injectors is shut-off
425 and the engine cannot be started.
627 2 1117 No power supply with the ignition on. Possibly no noticeable WARNING
performance decreases or the engine stalls or is difficult
to start.
627 12 351 Voltage feed to injectors. D7940 measured that injector WARNING
boost voltage is low. Possible smoke, low power output,
engine misfiring, and/or engine will not start.
629 12 111 Engine control unit internal error. Engine might not start. WARNING
1597
630 12 3697 Engine control unit memory error. Engine may not be able WARNING
to start.
633 31 2311 Circuit error in fuel actuator no. 1. Possible low power WARNING
output.
639 2 426 SAE J1939. Link error between Control unit engine (D7940) WARNING
and other units in SAE J1939.
639 9 285 Timeout error for SAE J1939 multiplexer PNG. WARNING
639 13 286 Configuration error for SAE J1939 multiplexer. WARNING
644 2 237 Input signal from external speed request. WARNING
651 5 322 Circuit for injector solenoid coil drive cylinder 1. The engine WARNING
may misfire or run rough.
651 7 1139 Injector solenoid coil drive cylinder 1. The engine is WARNING
switched off.
652 5 331 Injector solenoid cylinder #2 circuit. The engine may misfire WARNING
or run rough.
is switched off.
switched off.
switched off.
switched off.
switched off.


code
697 3 2557 External PWM drive circuit 1. WARNING
697 4 2558 External PWM drive circuit 1. WARNING
723 2 778 Engine reserve crankshaft speed/position sensor no. 2. WARNING
Possible low power output.
2322
723 2 1376 Engine speed sensor error (camshaft). Possibly difficult to WARNING
start. Engine power decreases.
723 7 731 Engine speed/position sensor camshaft and crankshaft. WARNING
Engine runs at low power output.
974 3 133 Circuit for remote accelerator pedal or lever position sensor WARNING
1.
974 4 134 Circuit for remote accelerator pedal or lever position sensor WARNING
1.
1075 3 2265 Electric lift pump for the engine's fuel feed circuit. The WARNING
engine may be difficult to start.
1075 4 2266 Electric lift pump for the engine's fuel feed circuit. The WARNING
engine may be difficult to start.
1079 3 386 Voltage feed no. 1, sensor. Engine power decreases. WARNING
1080 3 227 Voltage feed no. 2, sensor circuit. Engine power decreases. WARNING
1172 3 691 Intake temperature sensor circuit for compressor WARNING
turbocharger no. 1. Engine power is reduced.
1172 4 1172 Intake temperature sensor circuit for compressor WARNING
turbocharger no. 1. Engine power is reduced.
1347 3 272 Circuit for fuel high pressure solenoid valve. Engine runs WARNING
poorly and with reduced power
1347 4 271 Circuit for fuel high pressure solenoid valve. Engine runs WARNING
poorly at idle and has low power output
1347 7 281 Fuel pumping element no. 1. Engine not running or has WARNING
low power output.
1388 14 296a Circuit for auxiliary pressure sensor. Possible reduced WARNING
engine power.
3511 3 239 Voltage feed no. 3, sensor circuit. Possibly difficult to start WARNING
the engine and rough running.
3938 3 1978 Speed/load. WARNING
3938 4 1979 Speed/load. WARNING
4182 3 1411 Frequency potentiometer. WARNING
4182 4 3695 Frequency potentiometer. WARNING


code
4183 3 1412 Potentiometer (Droop Adjust Potentiometer). WARNING
4183 4 3696 Potentiometer (Droop Adjust Potentiometer). WARNING
5571 0 3741 Common rail relief valve. Most serious level. Engine WARNING
coughing / stops / does not start / difficult to start.
5571 7 3727 Common rail relief valve. Reduced performance. WARNING
Error codes transmission

General
General
Error codes from the transmission generally have error code level
"WARNING", but error codes from the transmission can specify another
error code level in accordance with the action column in the table below.
Error codes for the transmission are sorted in numerical order. The
table contains the following information:
the machine, in accordance with SAE J1939.
supplier's specification in decimal form.
• Supplier-code2 indicates the error code in accordance with the
supplier's specification in hexadecimal form.
in question.
Control unit transmission can generate two states with reduced

functionality to protect the transmission in the event of serious
malfunctions:
• "Limp-home"
In this condition only gear 1-2 in each direction can be used. When
the error occurs the transmission shifts to neutral position. To
continue, set the travel direction selector to neutral position and
select the travel direction again.
• "Shutdown"
In this mode the transmission is permanently in neutral to protect
the transmission.
Table Error codes transmission Dana TE14000
SPN FMI Supplier Supplier Description Action

code code 2
520304 0 0A.00 520304/0 Pressure sensor, drive forward. Transmission in STOP
locked neutral position (Shutdown).

Table Error codes transmission Dana TE14000 (continued)

code code 2
520305 0 0B.00 520305/0 Pressure sensor, drive backward. Transmission in STOP
520306 0 0C.00 520306/0 Input signal clutch pressure high gear. Transmission STOP
in locked neutral position (Shutdown).
520306 1 0C.01 520306/1 Pressure sensor, drive forward, high gear. STOP
Transmission in locked neutral position (Shutdown).
520306 3 0C.03 520306/3 Pressure sensor, high gear. Transmission in locked STOP
neutral position (Shutdown).
520307 0 0D.00 520307/0 Pressure sensor gear position 1. Transmission in STOP
520308 0 0E.00 520308/0 Pressure sensor gear position 2. Transmission in STOP


code code 2
520309 0 0F.00 520309/0 Pressure sensor gear position 3. Transmission in STOP
520310 0 10.00 520310/0 Pressure sensor gear position 4. Transmission in STOP
520297 0 15.00 520297/0 Pressure sensor, drive forward. Transmission in STOP
520297 15 15.0F 520297/15 Pressure sensor, drive forward. Transmission in STOP
520298 0 16.00 520298/0 Pressure sensor gear 1/3. Transmission in locked STOP
520298 15 16.0F 520298/15 Pressure sensor gear 1/3. Transmission in locked STOP


code code 2
520299 15 17.0F 520299/15 Pressure sensor gear 2/4. Transmission in locked STOP
520300 0 18.00 520300/0 Pressure sensor, drive backward. Transmission in STOP
520300 15 18.0F 520300/15 Pressure sensor, drive backward. Transmission in STOP
520301 0 19.00 520301/0 Analogue input signal B4. INFORMATION
520301 15 19.0F 520301/15 Analogue input signal B4, value error. INFORMATION
Analogue input signal B4.
520368 0 1E.00 520368/0 Battery voltage too high. Transmission locked STOP
(Recovery mode).
520368 1 1E.01 520368/1 Battery voltage too low. Transmission locked STOP
(Recovery mode).
520368 15 1E.0F 520368/15 High battery voltage. WARNING
520368 17 1E.11 520368/17 Low battery voltage. WARNING
520368 31 1E.1F 520368/31 Incorrect battery voltage. Transmission locked to STOP
gear 1 and 2 (Limp-home).
520369 0 1F.00 520369/0 Voltage feed sensor. Transmission locked to gear 1 WARNING
and 2 (Limp-home).
520369 1 1F.01 520369/1 Voltage feed sensor. Transmission locked to gear 1 WARNING
and 2 (Limp-home).
520340 9 26.09 520340/9 Message error on CAN bus drivetrain. INFORMATION
520340 15 26.0F 520340/15 Message error on CAN bus drivetrain. INFORMATION


code code 2
520342 9 27.09 520342/9 Message error high/low selector on CAN bus INFORMATION
drivetrain.
520342 15 27.0F 520342/15 Message error on CAN bus drivetrain. INFORMATION
520286 2 28.02 520286/2 Message error for travel direction on CAN bus STOP
drivetrain. Transmission in locked neutral position
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
520287 2 29.02 520287/2 Message error for gear selection on CAN bus STOP
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
520320 0 2A.00 520320/0 Slipping clutches. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
position (Shutdown).
520320 1 2A.01 520320/1 Slipping clutches. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520325 0 2B.00 520325/0 Temperature torque converter, too high. The engine WARNING
speed is limited to 1500 rpm.
Stop the machine
and select neutral.
Rev the engine in
neutral to cool the
transmission.
520325 3 2B.03 520325/3 Sensor temperature torque converter. WARNING
520325 4 2B.04 520325/4 Sensor temperature torque converter. WARNING
520325 15 2B.0F 520325/15 Temperature torque converter, high. INFORMATION
520325 17 2B.11 520325/17 Temperature torque converter, low. INFORMATION
520321 0 2C.00 520321/0 Input signal from accelerator pedal WARNING
520321 9 2C.09 520321/9 Message error for accelerator pedal on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520321 15 2C.0F 520321/15 Input signal from accelerator pedal WARNING


code code 2
520288 9 2D.09 520288/9 Message error for gear selection on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520288 19 2D.13 520288/19 Message error for gear selection on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520313 0 2E.0F 520313/15 Exceeded torque during inching. WARNING
Stop the machine
and select neutral
before selecting the
gear again.
520315 0 2F.00 520315/0 Exceeded max rotation speed. WARNING
Release the
accelerator pedal
and brake the
machine.
520315 16 2F.10 520315/16 Close to max rotation speed. INFORMATION
Release the
accelerator pedal
and brake the
machine.
520208 0 32.00 520208/0 Oil temperature sump, too high. INFORMATION
520208 1 32.01 520208/1 Oil temperature sump, too low. INFORMATION
520208 3 32.03 520208/3 Sensor oil temperature sump. INFORMATION
520208 4 32.04 520208/4 Sensor oil temperature sump. INFORMATION
520209 0 33.00 520209/0 Oil temperature torque converter, high. INFORMATION
520209 1 33.01 520209/1 Oil temperature torque converter, low. INFORMATION
520209 3 33.03 520209/3 Sensor, oil temperature torque converter. INFORMATION
520209 4 33.04 520209/4 Sensor, oil temperature torque converter. INFORMATION
520210 0 34.00 520210/0 Analogue input signal C0. INFORMATION
520210 15 34.0F 520210/15 Analogue input signal C0. INFORMATION


code code 2
520218 0 3C.00 520218/0 Rotation speed drum, too high. STOP
520218 0 3C.00 520218/0 Rotation speed drum, too high. WARNING
520218 1 3C.01 520218/1 Rotation speed drum, too low. STOP
520218 1 3C.01 520218/1 Rotation speed drum, too low. WARNING
520218 5 3C.05 520218/5 Sensor rpm drum. STOP
520218 5 3C.05 520218/5 Sensor rpm drum. WARNING
520218 6 3C.06 520218/6 Sensor rpm drum. STOP
520218 6 3C.06 520218/6 Sensor rpm drum. WARNING
520219 0 3D.00 520219/0 Rotation output shaft, too high. STOP
520219 0 3D.00 520219/0 Rotation output shaft, too high. WARNING
520219 1 3D.01 520219/1 Rotation output shaft, too low. STOP
520219 1 3D.01 520219/1 Rotation output shaft, too low. WARNING
520219 5 3D.05 520219/5 Sensor rpm output shaft. STOP
520219 5 3D.05 520219/5 Sensor rpm output shaft. WARNING
520219 6 3D.06 520219/6 Sensor rpm output shaft. STOP
520219 6 3D.06 520219/6 Sensor rpm output shaft. WARNING
520220 0 3E.00 520220/0 Engine speed, too high. STOP
520220 1 3E.01 520220/1 Engine speed, too low. STOP
520220 5 3E.05 520220/5 Sensor engine rpm STOP
520220 6 3E.06 520220/6 Sensor engine rpm. STOP
520221 0 3F.00 520221/0 Rotation speed turbine, too high. STOP
520221 0 3F.00 520221/0 Rotation speed turbine, too high. WARNING
520221 1 3F.01 520221/1 Rotation speed turbine, too low. STOP
520221 1 3F.01 520221/1 Rotation speed turbine, too low. WARNING
520221 5 3F.05 520221/5 Sensor rpm turbine STOP


code code 2
520221 5 3F.05 520221/5 Sensor rpm turbine WARNING
520221 6 3F.06 520221/6 Sensor rpm turbine. STOP
520221 6 3F.06 520221/6 Sensor rpm turbine. WARNING
520316 0 41.00 520316/0 Engine speed, too high. Transmission locked to STOP
520316 1 41.01 520316/1 Sensor engine speed, too low. Transmission locked STOP
to gear 1 and 2 (Limp-home).
520316 5 41.05 520316/5 Sensor engine rpm. Transmission locked to gear 1 STOP
and 2 (Limp-home).
520316 6 41.06 520316/6 Sensor engine rpm. Transmission locked to gear 1 STOP
and 2 (Limp-home).
520316 9 41.09 520316/9 Message error for engine speed on CAN bus STOP
drivetrain. Transmission locked to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
520316 19 41.13 520316/19 Message error for engine speed on CAN bus STOP
drivetrain. Transmission locked to gear 1 and 2
(Limp-home).
520317 0 42.00 520317/0 Rotation speed turbine, too high. WARNING
520317 1 42.01 520317/1 Rotation speed turbine, too low. WARNING
520317 5 42.05 520317/5 Sensor rpm turbine WARNING
520317 6 42.06 520317/6 Sensor rpm turbine. WARNING
520317 9 42.09 520317/9 Message error for rotation speed turbine on CAN WARNING
bus drivetrain.
520317 19 42.13 520317/19 Message error for rotation speed turbine on CAN WARNING
bus drivetrain.
520318 0 43.00 520318/0 Rotation speed drum, too high. WARNING
520318 1 43.01 520318/1 Rotation speed drum, too low. WARNING
520318 5 43.05 520318/5 Sensor rpm drum. WARNING
520318 9 43.09 520318/9 Message error for rotation speed drum on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520318 19 43.13 520318/19 Message error for rotation speed drum on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520319 0 44.00 520319/0 Rotation output shaft, too high. WARNING
520319 1 44.01 520319/1 Rotation output shaft, too low. WARNING
520319 5 44.05 520319/5 Sensor rpm output shaft. WARNING
520319 6 44.06 520319/6 Sensor rpm output shaft. WARNING
520319 9 44.09 520319/9 Message error for rotation speed output shaft on WARNING
CAN bus drivetrain.
520319 19 44.13 520319/19 Message error for rotation speed output shaft on WARNING
CAN bus drivetrain.
520312 7 45.07 520312/7 Mechanical fault, lock-up. WARNING
520224 3 46.03 520224/3 Servo valve drive forward. Transmission in locked STOP
520224 3 46.03 520224/3 Servo valve drive forward. Transmission in locked WARNING


code code 2
520224 4 46.04 520224/4 Servo valve drive forward. Transmission locked to STOP
520224 4 46.04 520224/4 Servo valve drive forward. Transmission locked to WARNING
520224 6 46.06 520224/6 Servo valve drive forward. Transmission in locked STOP
520224 6 46.06 520224/6 Servo valve drive forward. Transmission in locked WARNING
520225 3 47.03 520225/3 Servo valve gear 1/3. Transmission in locked STOP
520225 3 47.03 520225/3 Servo valve gear 1/3. Transmission in locked WARNING
520225 4 47.04 520225/4 Servo valve gear 1/3. Transmission locked to gear STOP
1 and 2 (Limp-home).
520225 4 47.04 520225/4 Servo valve gear 1/3. Transmission locked to gear WARNING


code code 2
520227 3 49.03 520227/3 Servo valve drive backward. Transmission in locked STOP
520227 3 49.03 520227/3 Servo valve drive backward. Transmission in locked WARNING
520227 4 49.04 520227/4 Servo valve drive backward. Transmission locked STOP
520227 4 49.04 520227/4 Servo valve drive backward. Transmission locked WARNING
520227 6 49.06 520227/6 Servo valve drive backward. Transmission in locked STOP
520227 6 49.06 520227/6 Servo valve drive backward. Transmission in locked WARNING
520228 3 4A.03 520228/3 Servo valve lock-up. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520228 3 4A.03 520228/3 Servo valve lock-up. Transmission in locked neutral WARNING
520228 4 4A.04 520228/4 Servo valve lock-up. Transmission locked to gear 1 STOP
and 2 (Limp-home).
520228 4 4A.04 520228/4 Servo valve lock-up. Transmission locked to gear 1 WARNING
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
520228 6 4A.06 520228/6 Servo valve lock-up. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520228 6 4A.06 520228/6 Servo valve lock-up. Transmission in locked neutral WARNING
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
520229 4 4B.04 520229/4 Servo valves, common output. STOP
520229 11 4B.0B 520229/11 Servo valves, common output. STOP
520229 31 4B.1F 520229/31 Servo valves, common output. STOP


code code 2
520230 3 4C.03 520230/3 Analogue output 5. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520230 3 4C.03 520230/3 Analogue output 5. Transmission in locked neutral WARNING
520230 4 4C.04 520230/4 Analogue output 5. Transmission locked to gear 1 STOP
and 2 (Limp-home).
520230 4 4C.04 520230/4 Analogue output 5. Transmission locked to gear 1 WARNING
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
520230 6 4C.06 520294/6 Analogue output 5. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520230 6 4C.06 520294/6 Analogue output 5. Transmission in locked neutral WARNING
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
520294 3 4D.03 520294/3 Analogue output 6. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520294 3 4D.03 520294/3 Analogue output 6. Transmission in locked neutral WARNING
520294 4 4D.04 520294/4 Analogue output 6. Transmission locked to gear 1 STOP
and 2 (Limp-home).
520294 4 4D.04 520294/4 Analogue output 6. Transmission locked to gear 1 WARNING
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).


code code 2
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
520231 3 50.03 520231/3 Solenoid valve gear selection 1/3. Transmission STOP
locked to gear 1 and 2 (Limp-home).
520231 3 50.03 520231/3 Solenoid valve gear selection 1/3. Transmission WARNING
520233 3 52.03 520233/3 Digital output 2. WARNING
520235 3 54.03 520235/3 Servo valves common output. Transmission locked STOP
520235 3 54.03 520235/3 Servo valves common output. Transmission locked WARNING


code code 2
520236 3 55.03 520236/3 Solenoid valves common output. Transmission STOP
520236 3 55.03 520236/3 Solenoid valves common output. Transmission WARNING
520237 3 56.03 520237/3 Servo valve lock-up. Transmission locked to gear 1 STOP
and 2 (Limp-home).
520237 3 56.03 520237/3 Servo valve lock-up. Transmission locked to gear 1 WARNING
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
520353 31 5A.1F 520353/31 Software error, Control unit transmission (D7930). -
520322 0 70.00 520322/0 Analogue input signal hydraulic controls. WARNING

520322 9 70.09 520322/9 Message error for hydraulic controls on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520322 15 70.0F 520322/15 Analogue input signal hydraulic controls. STOP
520322 17 70.11 520322/17 Analogue input signal hydraulic controls. STOP
520322 19 70.13 520322/19 Message error for hydraulic controls on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520323 0 71.00 520323/0 Input signal from brake pedal, calibration error. WARNING


code code 2
520323 9 71.09 520323/9 Message error for brake pedal on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520323 15 71.0F 520323/15 Input signal from brake pedal, calibration error. STOP
520323 17 71.11 520323/17 Input signal from brake pedal, calibration error. STOP
520323 19 71.13 520323/19 Message error for brake pedal on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520324 0 72.00 520324/0 Oil temperature sump, too high. WARNING
520324 1 72.01 520324/1 Oil temperature sump, too low. WARNING
520324 3 72.03 520324/3 Sensor oil temperature sump. WARNING
520324 4 72.04 520324/4 Sensor oil temperature sump. WARNING
520326 0 73.00 520326/0 Oil filter clogged. WARNING
520326 1 73.01 520326/1 Oil filter clogged. WARNING
520326 3 73.03 520326/3 Sensor oil filter. WARNING
520326 4 73.04 520326/4 Sensor oil filter. WARNING
520327 0 74.00 520327/0 Rotation speed drum, too high. WARNING
520327 1 74.01 520327/1 Rotation speed drum, too low. WARNING
520372 5 76.05 520372/5 Grounding, sensor. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520370 0 77.00 520370/0 Voltage feed sensor. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520370 1 77.01 520370/1 Voltage feed sensor. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520371 0 78.00 520371/0 Control unit, transmission (D7930). Transmission in STOP
520371 1 78.01 520371/1 Control unit, transmission (D7930). Transmission in STOP
520330 9 79.09 520330/9 Message error for declutch on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520331 9 7A.09 520331/9 Message error for automatic shifting on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520331 19 7A.13 520331/19 Message error for automatic shifting on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520333 9 7C.09 520333/9 Message error for parking brake on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520333 19 7C.13 520333/19 Message error for parking brake on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520334 9 7D.09 520334/9 Message error for direction of driver's seat on CAN WARNING
bus drivetrain.
520334 19 7D.13 520334/19 Message error for direction of driver's seat on CAN WARNING
bus drivetrain.
520335 9 7E.09 520335/9 Message error for speed limitation on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520335 19 7E.13 520335/19 Message error for speed limitation on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.


code code 2
520336 9 7F.09 520336/9 Message error for extra speed signal on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520336 19 7F.13 520336/19 Message error for extra speed signal on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520337 9 80.09 520337/9 Message error for start gear 1/gear 2 on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520337 19 80.13 520337/19 Message error for start gear 1/gear 2 on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520338 9 81.09 520338/9 Message error for operator in driver's seat on CAN WARNING
bus drivetrain.
520338 19 81.13 520338/19 Message error for operator in driver's seat on CAN WARNING
bus drivetrain.
520359 9 82.09 520359/9 Message error for neutral position on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520359 19 82.13 520359/19 Message error for neutral position on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520360 9 83.09 520360/9 Message error for idle on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520360 19 83.13 520360/19 Message error for idle on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520343 9 86.09 520343/9 Message error for lock-up on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520343 19 86.13 520343/19 Message error for lock-up on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520349 2 8C.02 520349/2 Incorrect input signal for declutch. Transmission in STOP
520349 9 8C.09 520349/9 Message error for declutch on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520349 19 8C.13 520349/19 Message error for declutch on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520350 9 8D.09 520350/9 Message error for Eco Drive Mode on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520350 19 8D.13 520350/19 Message error for Eco Drive Mode on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520351 9 8E.09 520351/9 Message error for speed on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520351 19 8E.13 520351/19 Message error for speed on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520354 9 8F.09 520354/9 Message error for loaded mode on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520354 19 8F.13 520354/19 Message error for loaded mode on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520355 9 90.09 520355/9 Message error for kickdown on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520355 19 90.13 520355/19 Message error for kickdown on CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING
520358 9 93.09 520358/9 Message error for prevent upshift on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520358 19 93.13 520358/19 Message error for prevent upshift on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520240 3 94.03 520240/3 Drive forward. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520240 4 94.04 520240/4 Drive forward. Transmission locked to gear 1 and 2 STOP
(Limp-home).


code code 2
(Limp-home).
520240 6 94.06 520240/6 Drive forward. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
(Limp-home).
520241 3 95.03 520241/3 High gear. Transmission in locked neutral position STOP
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
520242 3 96.03 520242/3 Drive backward. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
520242 4 96.04 520242/4 Drive backward. Transmission locked to gear 1 and STOP
2 (Limp-home).
2 (Limp-home).
520242 6 96.06 520242/6 Drive backward. Transmission in locked neutral STOP
2 (Limp-home).
520244 3 98.03 520244/3 Gear 1. Transmission in locked neutral position STOP
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
520246 3 9A.03 520246/3 Gear 3. Transmission in locked neutral position STOP
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).


code code 2
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
520247 3 9B.03 520247/3 Gear 4. Transmission in locked neutral position STOP
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
(Shutdown).
520248 3 9C.03 520248/3 Lock-up. Transmission locked to gear 1 and 2 STOP
(Limp-home).
(Limp-home).
(Limp-home).
(Limp-home).
(Limp-home).
520252 3 A0.03 520252/3 Output signal to warning lamp. WARNING
520252 5 A0.05 520252/5 Output signal warning lamp. WARNING
520252 9 A0.09 520252/9 Message error for warning lamp on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520253 5 A1.05 520253/5 Output signal warning lamp. WARNING
520253 9 A1.09 520253/9 Message error for warning lamp on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520255 0 A3.00 520255/0 Output signal for selection of gear range high/low. WARNING
520255 9 A3.09 520255/9 Message error for selection of gear range high/low WARNING
on CAN bus drivetrain.
520256 3 A4.03 520256/3 Output signal to speed dependent function. WARNING


code code 2
520256 9 A4.09 520256/9 Message error for speed dependent function on WARNING
CAN bus drivetrain.
520257 3 A5.03 520257/3 Output signal for control of parking brake. WARNING
520257 9 A5.09 520257/9 Message error for control of parking brake on CAN WARNING
bus drivetrain.
520258 3 A6.03 520258/3 Output signal to indicator light parking brake. WARNING
520258 9 A6.09 520258/9 Message error for indicator light parking brake on WARNING
CAN bus drivetrain.
520259 3 A7.03 520259/3 Servo valve lock-up. Transmission locked to gear 1 STOP
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
and 2 (Limp-home).
520259 9 A7.09 520259/9 Message error on CAN bus drivetrain. STOP
520263 3 AB.03 520263/3 Output signal to warning lamp speed warning. WARNING
520263 9 AB.09 520263/9 Message error for speed warning on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520264 3 AC.03 520264/3 Servo valve drive forward. Transmission locked to STOP
520265 3 AD.03 520265/3 Output signal to drive forward high. Transmission STOP
520266 3 AE.03 520266/3 Servo valve drive backward. Transmission locked STOP
520268 3 B0.03 520268/3 Solenoid valve gear selection 1/3. Transmission STOP


code code 2
520272 3 B4.03 520272/3 Output to clutch for low gear. Transmission locked STOP
520273 3 B5.03 520273/3 Output to clutch for high gear. Transmission locked STOP
520276 3 B8.03 520276/3 Output signal to reverse alarm. WARNING
520276 9 B8.09 520276/9 Message error for reverse alarm on CAN bus WARNING
drivetrain.
520385 9 C1.09 520385/9 Communication error CAN bus drivetrain. WARNING


code code 2
520417 15 E0.0F 520417/15 Machine's speed is too high to enable downshift. INFORMATION
520418 15 E1.0F 520418/15 Machine speed is too high to enable change of INFORMATION
travel direction.
520419 15 E2.0F 520419/15 Engine rpm is too high to enable change of travel INFORMATION
direction or select same travel direction again.
520420 14 E3.0E 520420/14 Machine's speed limitation is activated. INFORMATION
520420 15 E3.0F 520420/15 Machine's speed limitation is activated regardless INFORMATION
of if speed is above the limit value.
520420 16 E3.10 520420/16 Machine's speed is higher than the upper limit INFORMATION
value.
520416 13 E5.0D 520416/13 Time for calibration reached. INFORMATION:
Calibrate the
transmission.
520416 15 E5.0F 520416/15 Time for calibration reached. INFORMATION:
Calibrate the
transmission.
520422 14 E6.0E 520422/14 The operator is not sitting in the operator's seat and INFORMATION
the gear selector is not in neutral and/or the parking
brake is not activated.
520423 15 E7.0F 520423/15 Turbine rotation speed exceeds limit value. INFORMATION
Transmission control unit forces engine to idle.
520432 F0.XX 520432/XX Configuration error. One error code per message. STOP
520435 F3.XX 520435/XX Memory error, Transmission control unit. One error STOP
code per message. Transmission locked in neutral
520436 F4.XX 520436/XX Memory error, Transmission control unit. One error STOP
code per message. Transmission locked in neutral
520442 FA.XX 520442/XX Configuration error. One error code per message. STOP
520443 FB.XX 520443/XX Configuration error. One error code per message. STOP


code code 2
520444 FC.XX 520444/XX Configuration error. One error code per message. STOP
520445 FD.XX 520445/XX Configuration error. One error code per message. STOP
520446 FE.XX 520446/XX Configuration error. One error code per message. STOP
520447 FF.XX 520447/XX Configuration error. One error code per message. STOP

5 Handling – Operating 159
5.4 Operating
5.4.1 While operating
General
DANGER
The machine's work area is large and visibility from
the operator's cab is restricted.
damage!
Keep in mind:
• Always check that no persons are in the way of the
machine or its equipment. Also check that the area
upwards is free. If there are unauthorised persons
or vehicles within the work area then the machine
must be stopped.
• The operator must always face in the travel
direction and should operate with special care
where persons or vehicles may appear.
• The operator must adapt the speed to the load and
ground conditions, visibility, and wind conditions,
etc.
• The operator must pay extra attention and operate
with special care near electric power lines,
viaducts, docksides, ramps, doorways, etc.
• Always operate carefully so that the attachment
does not collide with posts, power lines, etc.
• Use available visibility-enhancing equipment such
as rear view mirrors and camera ( ).
WARNING
inspection.
WARNING
Never operate the machine without wearing the
seatbelt.
Extreme danger!
Always use the seatbelt when operating the machine,
even when you expect a short shift. The seatbelt must
not be modified.

160 5 Handling – While operating
WARNING
The operator must exercise additional caution when
the reverse alarm is switched off.
Extreme danger!
Always check that no persons are in the way of the
machine or its equipment.
WARNING
Don't let the engine idle for a long time.
Risk of engine damage!
Turn off the engine during breaks in operation and
load handling.
Instructions
Make a habit of checking the following at regular intervals while
operating:
• that all gauges are within normal range, optimum operating value is
when the indicator needle is in the centre of the normal operating
range (straight up).
• that fuel indicator on the display shows that there is fuel in the tank.
NOTE
The fuel level should never go down to empty tank.
• that the AdBlue indicator on the display shows that there is AdBlue
in the tank.
Applies to machines with Volvo TAD572VE and Volvo TAD871VE
Stage 4/Tier 4f.
• that all warning lights are off.
• that horn, lighting, brake lights and direction indicators function
correctly.
• that all hydraulic functions function correctly.
• that no error codes have been generated (shown on operator's
display with error code indication and symbol). See 5.3 Error
codes, page 88.
When necessary, the control system can set speed limitations for the
machine. This occurs in the event of high hydraulic oil temperature or
depressed control breaker.

5 Handling – While operating 161
Automatic stop function
The automatic stop function means that the engine is switched off
automatically when certain conditions are met.
The automatic function monitors special conditions (see below), and

when all are met it starts a countdown before the engine is stopped.
During the countdown, the event menu for the automatic stop function
is shown in the display. The bar in the menu shows the remaining time
to stop as a percentage of the delay time. When the bar is filled the
Event menu automatic stop function engine is stopped. The countdown can be interrupted by breaking any
of the conditions for auto-stop. The delay time can be changed by a
service technician.
Conditions for auto-stopping the engine:

• Machine has reached operating temperature.
• Battery charging status is OK.
• Machine stationary in neutral position at idling speed.
• Load handling functions inactive.
• Parking brake is activated.
When the engine has been stopped automatically, the engine must be
started in the normal way, see 5.4.2 Starting engine, page 162.
This function is always active in ECO mode and cannot be deactivated.

A service technician can activate/deactivate the automatic stop function
for Normal and Power operating modes.
The function for automatic shutdown of the ignition is available

as an option. When the engine is stopped by this function, and the
operator does not activate any functions, the ignition is also shut down
automatically after a certain predetermined time. The time before
shutdown can be set by a service technician.
Eco Drive Mode
Eco Drive Mode consists of functions for reducing fuel consumption

and thereby environmental impact.
Eco Drive Mode contains three operating modes for how the machine's
fuel-saving functions should operate.
Depending on options, the operating mode can be set via customer

settings, see Setting of Eco Drive Mode, page 189.
Power
• No limitations activated.
• Automatic stop function, see Automatic stop function, page
161. Can be changed by a service technician.
Normal
• Operator guidance, stage 1.
• Performance loss, stage 1.
• Engine limited to idling speed in neutral position and passive
machine.
• Automatic stop function, see Automatic stop function, page
161. Can be changed by a service technician.

162 5 Handling – Starting engine
ECO
• Operator guidance, stage 2.
• Performance loss, stage 2.
• Engine limited to idling speed in neutral position and passive
machine.
• Automatic stop function, see Automatic stop function, page 161.
5.4.2 Starting engine

General
WARNING
If it's difficult to start the engine, do not use start spray.
Risk of explosion!
In case of start problems, contact service.
Instructions
1. If the machine is equipped with an electric auxiliary heater,
disconnect the electrical cable from the machine .
2. Set the travel direction selector in neutral position or in the position
for activated parking brake.
The travel direction selector must be in neutral position or in the
position for activated parking brake, otherwise it is not possible
to start the engine.
3. Turn the ignition key lock to operating position, position I.
Current is now supplied to all electrical functions.
4. If the machine is equipped with an alcolock, blow in the alcolock .
The alcolock calculates the amount of alcohol in the breath.
In the event of a successful breath test, proceed as follows:
5. Press the start button and hold depressed until the starter motor
starts, release the start button when the engine starts.
When needed, the engine's control unit activates preheating during
a time period. The event menu for preheating indicates whether
preheating is activated, see Event menu preheating, description,
page 77.
Engine option Cummins QSB6.7 has automatic preheating without
an indicator for the operator.
NOTE
The starter motor can be activated 20-30 seconds then the circuit
cuts 1.5 to 2 minutes so the starter motor has time to cool. This
is to protect the starter motor.

5 Handling – Warming up 163
5.4.3 Warming up
General
CAUTION
Never rev a cold engine at high engine speeds.
Run the engine at 1400-1500 rpm until it starts to get
warm.
WARNING
Don't let the engine idle for a long time.
Turn off the engine during breaks in operation and
load handling.
Speed limitation
Engine speed is limited when the oil temperature in the engine,
transmission or hydraulics is too low. When the engine speed is limited,
event menu speed limitation, warm-up mode is shown, see 4.11.2.34
Event menu speed limitation, warm-up mode, page 79.
When the engine, transmission and hydraulics have reached normal

operating temperature, speed limitation is deactivated.
Instructions
Engine
In cold temperatures the machine may not be used for tough work until
the engine and hydraulics are at operating temperature.
If the machine needs to be cold started below 0 °C then an engine

heater and hydraulic oil heater should be used. If the machine is
started below -10 °C without hydraulic oil heater, the pumps may be
damaged in a way that is not covered by warranty.
Start the engine and run it at approx. 1400-1500 rpm until it starts to
get warm. It is very important that the engine is warmed up and the oil
circulates well before the turbocharger starts to operate at high revs.
Never rev a cold engine as this can cause engine damage.
Start working with the machine when the coolant has reached normal
operating temperature, approx. 75 °C, see Engine operating menu,
Transmission
The transmission must be warmed up. Follow the instructions for
warming up the engine.

164 5 Handling – Gearshifting
Hydraulic system
Never operate a hydraulic function in the cold until the hydraulic oil is
warm, since there is a risk of damage and leakage in the hydraulic
system.
When the engine has reached its working temperature, warm run the
hydraulic oil by running the mast slowly up and down. Full actuation of
the hydraulic function may not be performed until the tank temperature
is +1 °C.
After this, all other hydraulic functions should be run slowly so that
warm oil circulates through the whole system, and this should be
repeated at least ten times.
NOTE
Hydraulic functions and the steering may feel sticky when the oil
is cold.
5.4.4 Gearshifting
General
The machine is equipped with an automatic transmission. The system
shifts to a lower/higher gear under certain conditions, such as torque,
30
engine speed, travel speed, etc.
The transmission must be warmed up, see Warming up 5.4.3 Warming

up, page 163.
General about the automatic transmission:

• The transmission is locked in neutral position when the operator is
not sitting in the seat, see Transmission assumes neutral position,
page 166.
• Has a built-in control system, providing optimised operation.
013489
• Shows current gear on the control system display.

32 31 33
• The reversing lock prevents the travel direction being changed too
quickly, i.e. prevents possible damage to the transmission. The
30. Switch for upshift reversing lock is automatic and is dependent on engine speed
31. Switch for downshift and travel speed.
• Shifting is variable (modulated) and gives smoother operation.
32. Switch for automatic shifting
Normally start-up takes place in first gear. Use of first gear is
33. Travel direction indicator, Forward Neutral governed by engine speed, amongst other things.
Reverse

5 Handling – Gearshifting 165
Instructions
1 Deactivate the parking brake by first depressing the service brake
pedal and then move the travel direction selector from the parking
brake position to neutral/gear position.
2 Let the engine run at idle speed. Select travel direction.
a) Travel direction selector
Move the lever (position a):
• forward (F) for travel direction forward.
• reverse (R) for travel direction reverse.
• downwards or upwards (N) for neutral.
b) Travel direction selector on control for load handling

Move the switch (position b):
• forward (F) for travel direction forward.
• reverse (R) for travel direction reverse.
• downwards or upwards (N) for neutral.
Travel direction selector on control lever EGO

(joystick)
Travel direction selector on control lever lift/lower

3 Select automatic or manual shifting:
Automatic shifting
1 Activate automatic shifting with the switch for automatic shifting A
(position 32). The system automatically shifts between all gears.
2 Automatic shifting is disengaged if the switch for upshift or
downshift (position 30, 31) is activated.

166 5 Handling – Gearshifting
Manual shifting
1 Machine gearshifting takes place manually with the switch for
upshift or downshift (position 30, 31). The current gear is shown
on the display.
NOTE
In certain circumstances, the transmission may be forced to
reduce speed due to a problem. The control unit may then set the
transmission in "limp home" mode.
CAUTION
Changing the travel direction must be done with care.
The machine has a reversing lock as standard but
transmission service life is increased if change of
travel direction takes place at a lower travel speed and
engine speed.
Risk of machine damage! Axles may fail!
Change of travel direction must take place within the
limitations set by the reversing lock.
Transmission assumes neutral position

A control breaker senses when the operator leaves the operator's
station. The signal from the control breaker means that the transmission
automatically assumes neutral position. It is not possible to select any
travel direction.
NOTE
If the buzzer sounds when the operator sits in the seat and releases
the parking brake then the control breaker in the seat may be
malfunctioning. It is not possible to select any travel direction. The
function of the switch in the driver's seat must be checked.
The event menu appears if the driver's seat is left without the parking
brake being activated, see The event menu parking brake not activated
and no operator in the driver's seat, description, page 70.

5 Handling – Steering 167
5.4.5 Steering
General
The machine is equipped with servo steering. The steering wheel
movements are transferred hydraulically to the steering wheels on
the ground.
WARNING
The machine may not roll on a downhill grade if the
engine is off.
Hydraulic pressure for steering is missing and steering
capacity is lost! Danger!
Keep the engine running for hydraulic pressure.
5.4.6 Service brake

General
The brake pedal (position 12) used as service brake.
Use the brakes in a smooth but firm way. Brake pressure remains for
a time after the engine has been switched off, accumulated during
operation. If the accumulator pressure drops below a certain level then
the event menu shows low accumulator pressure. When the event
menu is shown the capacity of the service brake is limited. The buzzer
sounds and speed is limited. Finally, the parking brake is applied
automatically by a forceful spring in the brake cylinder. Check the
accumulators' sealing integrity if the pressure does not build up and is
11. Accelerator not maintained, see chapter 6 Inspection and maintenance.
12. Brake pedal The service brake is combined with the declutching pedal. The drive is
declutched completely at a certain brake pressure.

168 5 Handling – Parking brake
5.4.7 Parking brake

General
DANGER
or extreme danger!
WARNING
Never leave the operator's station without first applying
the parking brake.
Risk of machine starting to roll! Danger!
Apply the parking brake before leaving the operator's
station.
The parking brake is operated with the travel direction selector (position
1) adjacent to the steering wheel. Activate the parking brake by lifting
the control upward toward the steering wheel and then forward to
the parking brake position. The indicator light for the parking brake
(position 16) is lit red when the parking brake is applied and the event
menu appears, see Event menu parking brake, description, page 75.
To be able to deactivate the parking brake there must be an

accumulated brake pressure or the engine is started in order to reach
the brake pressure required when depressing the brake pedal.
Instructions
The parking brake is applied when:
• When the travel direction selector is moved to the position for the
parking brake (parking brake indicator light is lit red) and the event
menu for parking brake applied is shown, see Event menu parking
brake, description, page 75.
• The ignition is switched off (ignition key lock to 0 position).
When the machine is started again the parking brake is applied
without the travel direction selector being in the position for
activated parking brake. The indicator light for the parking brake
flashes to indicate that the parking brake must be activated and
deactivated with the travel direction selector to release the parking
brake. The light flashes even if the service brake is not activated at
the same time as you try to release the parking brake, even the
event menu is shown, see Event menu release the parking brake,
1. Travel direction selector on steering column Check the sealing integrity of the accumulators if pressure is not
built up and maintained, see 6 Inspection and maintenance, page
195.
An audible signal is activated if the operator gets up from the driver's

seat without first applying the parking brake and the event menu is
shown, The event menu parking brake not activated and no operator in
the driver's seat, description, page 70.

5 Handling – Parking brake 169
If the accumulator pressure drops below a certain level an error code is

shown in the display. The capacity of the service brake is restricted with
a low accumulator pressure error code. If the accumulator pressure
drops further, the parking brake is applied automatically by a strong
spring in the brake cylinder.
If the machine needs to be moved, see 7.1 Towing, page 231.
Emergency brake
The parking brake can be used as emergency brake in emergency
situations.
CAUTION
The parking brake can be used as an EMERGENCY
BRAKE.
Brake shoe linings wear out and lose their braking
performance! Risk of unwanted movement by the
parked machine!
After emergency braking with the parking brake the
brake shoe linings must be checked as soon as
possible and replaced if necessary. Braking action of
the parking brake may be lost as the brake shoe linings
may have been worn down.
If the parking brake has been released mechanically
then it must always be reset to restore the machine's
DANGER
or extreme danger!

170 5 Handling – Heating / Air conditioning
5.4.8 Heating / Air conditioning

General
The heating (EHC) /air conditioning system (ECC) receives heat
38 39 40 43 from the engine's cooling system and provides heat when the engine
is warm. For ECC the cooling function is generated by the cooling
compressor.
37
If necessary, the air conditioning can be controlled manually with the
36 switches for the fan, heating and air distribution. In addition to this there
are functions for recirculation and defroster.
35 With ECC: In the event of an open door, the air conditioning's cooling
compressor is switched off (cooling function and air drying stop). Close
the door and the cooling function is activated again.
012820
41 42 44 45 46
NOTE
Panel for heating and air conditioning system Open windows disrupt air conditioning function and capacity.
NOTE
Paper and similar located on the inner front panel can significantly
reduce air conditioning function and performance.
Setting the heating/air conditioning system

1 Activate automatic regulation of the air conditioning (position 39)
to achieve optimal function of the system.
Fan speed, temperature control and air distribution in the cab take
place automatically.
2 Set desired temperature (position 41, 42).
Set the temperature within temperature range 16 °C to 28 °C. See
temperature in display.
Setting of min. and max. respectively, shuts off automatic climate
control (control of fan, temperature and air distribution) and sets
the heat valve in min. (LO) and max. (HI) position respectively.
Cooling is activated/deactivated with the switch for cooling
(position 43) .
3 Align the panel nozzles as follows:
• in cold weather, aim the panel nozzles against the windows,
• in hot weather, aim the panel nozzles upwards.
4 Manual setting the fan's capacity is made with the switch for the
fan (position 38, 40). Return to automatic control with the switch
(position 39).
Manual control is possible in five steps from Off to Max. Fan speed
is indicated by a bar in the operating menu.
NOTE
Defroster nozzles When the fan is switched off all functions for heating/air
conditioning are stopped.
NOTE
When setting the fan capacity manually, automatic control of the
fan is stopped.

5 Handling – Heating / Air conditioning 171
5 Manual setting of air distribution is performed using the switch for

air distribution (position 44, 45, 46).
The air to the operator is always available and is controlled
manually by opening and aiming the panel nozzles.
NOTE
When setting the air distribution manually, automatic control of
the air distribution is stopped.
6 Normally, recirculation (position 36) and defroster (position 37)

do not have to be used.
NOTE
With EHC it is inappropriate to operate with recirculation unless it
is to avoid temporary exhaust gases or odours from outside.
Mist on windows
WARNING
Misting on the windscreens can lead to limited visibility
from the cab.
damage!
Make sure the windscreens are free of mist before
using the machine.
1 Set a warm temperature (position 41). Ideally use the defroster

function.
2 Set a fan speed to a faster position (position 40).
3 Direct air distribution (position 46) and panel nozzles to the
windscreen for good visibility through the windows.
4 Check that recirculation (position 36) is not engaged. Recirculation
may impair effective demisting.
Defroster nozzles

172 5 Handling – Heating / Air conditioning
5 Activate defroster (position 37).

The defroster controls the function fan, temperature and damper
position to optimally heat and more quickly dry the air at the
windscreen for faster demisting. The function is active for 6
minutes.
NOTE
The defroster function is active for 6 minutes. Check that
temperature control returns to the set value when the defroster
is switched off.
6 If there is a lot of mist, direct the panel nozzles to the windscreen

for optimal demisting.
With ECC: The cooling function will be active and help to
dehumidify the air .
Setting the diesel heater

Direct start of heater
The diesel heater is controlled by a separate timer with display, fitted

in the cab. Running time and up to three activation times can be set
using the timer.
If the timer display is in standby mode, it can be activated by means

of a short press on one of the buttons. A short press is less than 2
seconds and a long press is more than 2 seconds.
Direct start of heater
1. The heater is activated directly by means of a long press on button
A. Menu bar 2 (E).
B. Status field/Input field (The exception is if the timer is programmed or if it is in setting
mode.)
C. Selection front / rear
D. Button 1 Shutdown of heater
E. Button 2 1. If the heater is operating, it is shut down by means of a long press
on button 1 (D).
Quick start of heater, with setting of time or temperature
1. By means of a short press on button 2 (E), when the display is
illuminated, there is the option to set target temperature (only
air heater) or the time at which the heater should be running.
The setting is made using the buttons for option (C) and is then
confirmed using button 2 (E).
Activating/deactivating programs (P1, P2, P3)
1. Activate the display.
2. Press front / rear (C) until the P-symbol flashes in the menu bar
(A). Confirm the selection with a short press on button 2 (E).
3. Select program memory (P1, P2, P3) using the buttons for option
(C), confirm with button 2 (E).
4. Set whether the selected program should be active or inactive
using the buttons for option (C). Confirm with button 2 (E)

5 Handling – Heating / Air conditioning 173
Change in programs
2. Select program memory (P1, P2, P3) using the buttons for option
(C), confirm with button 2 (E).
3. Select, using the buttons for option (C), the position for settings.
Confirm with button 2 (E).
4. Select, using the buttons for option (C), the desired day or group of
days. Confirm with button 2 (E).
5. Set the start time (hours) using the buttons for option (C). Confirm
with button 2 (E).
6. Set the start time (minutes) using the buttons for option (C).
Confirm with button 2 (E).
7. Set the desired operating mode, heating or ventilation. Use the
buttons for option (C). Confirm with button 2 (E).
8. Set the temperature (only air heating) or for how long the heater
should be activated. Use the buttons for option (C) and confirm
with button 2 (E).
Setting the clock
2. Select Settings in the menu bar (A). Use the buttons for option (C)
and confirm with button 2 (E).
3. Select Set time in the input field (B). Use the buttons for option (C)
4. Set hours using the buttons for option (C) and confirm with button
2 (E).
5. Set minutes using the buttons for option (C) and confirm with
button 2 (E).
6. Press button 1 (D) to return to Settings.
Setting the day of the week
2. Select Settings in the menu bar (A). Use the buttons for option (C)
3. Select Day of the week in the input field (B). Use the buttons for
option (C) and confirm with button 2 (E).
4. Select the correct day using the buttons for option (C) and confirm
with button 2 (E).
5. Press button 1 (D) to return to Settings.

174 5 Handling – Stopping the engine - parking
5.4.9 Stopping the engine - parking

General
NOTE
Never disconnect the system voltage with the battery disconnector
when the engine is running! The voltage regulator may be
damaged.
WARNING
Always turn off the electric power when the machine is
left, e.g. when parking or at the end of the shift.
Risk of fire!
Turn off the electric power with the battery
disconnector.
Instructions
1. Stop the machine and set the travel direction selector in the
position for parking brake.
2. Lower the attachment completely.
3. Let the engine run 1 minute at idle speed before stopping the
engine so that the engine cools down slightly and the turbo
bearings are lubricated.
4. Stop the engine by turning the ignition key lock to position 0.
If the start button (position 15) is pressed for more than one second
when the engine is already running then just the engine is stopped.
If the machine is going to be parked for a long time, e.g. after a
work shift is over, then the battery disconnector should be turned
to the OFF (0) position.
For machines with Volvo TAD572VE and Volvo TAD871VE Stage
4/Tier 4f:
NOTE
Wait for two minutes before the system voltage is disconnected
with the battery disconnector so that the SCR system has time to
be drained of AdBlue, this is particularly important in cold weather.
Certain machines are equipped with automatic engine stop:

• In case the operator leaves the machine for some time without
stopping the engine, normally 5 minutes.

5 Handling – Load handling 175
5.5 Load handling

General
During all lifting work, make sure that the max. lift capacity is not
exceeded. Load handling also includes lifting tools.
The machine's capacity is indicated by three parameters:

• position of load's centre of gravity
• lifting height
• load's size
The capacity varies between models and versions, see the machine
and type plates, section 3.2 Plates.
It is important to estimate the position of the centre of gravity. If the

machine appears to be side-heavy, the load should be lowered and
adjusted with side shift so that the load's centre of gravity is moved to a
position along the machine's centre line.
The function load handling refers to, e.g., to lift, lower, rotate, angle or
hold loads.
Load handling subfunctions.

• Lift/lower
• Side shift
• Spreading (positioning)
• Tilt
• Mechanical levelling (spring-loaded lifting heads)

176 5 Handling – Lifting load
5.5.1 Lifting load

General
WARNING
Do not use a machine where the indicator lights are
out of order.
Danger of reduced safety during load handling!
If the indicator lights don't work, stop work with the
machine and repair.
WARNING
The machine's load capacity is limited.
It is forbidden to exceed the machine's load capacity.
See the rating plate and load diagrams.
NOTE
When loading or unloading a container on a leaning trailer,
compensate with side shift.

5 Handling – Lifting load 177
Instructions for attachment with twistlocks

1 Run towards the stack of containers, as close as possible. Strive
to line up the machine's centre line with the centre of the container.
2 Hold the machine stationary with the service brake or apply the
parking brake.
3 Adjust with spreading to the relevant container length.
Right light, C – Twistlocks unlocked (red), light activated, indicates
that load is not secured.
For automatic spreading 20'–40', see Automatic spreading
20'–40', page 184.
4 Position the attachment slightly above the container. Set the mast
vertical using tilting and centre the attachment in front of the upper
container using side shift.
5 Lower the attachment until both of its lifting heads have contact
with the container.
The lower function is stopped when both attachment lifting heads
leave rest position. If the lower function is stopped before full
contact, it may be because the twistlock pins have entered the
container's lifting points.
6 Centre light, B - Contact (orange), is activated and indicates when

the attachment has correct contact with the container.
Event menu contact uses symbols to show which twistlock has
made contact, see 4.11.2.14 Event menu contact, page 74.
7 Lock twistlocks with the switch for twistlocks (position 62).
If automatic locking of twistlocks is used, locking is automatic at
full contact with the load.
Locking alternative is selected with the switch for automatic or
manual locking (position 62).
NOTE
For automatic locking of twistlocks, the parking brake must be
released.

178 5 Handling – Lifting load
8 Right light, C – Twistlocks unlocked (red), extinguishes when

twistlocks leave unlocked position.
Left light, A – Twistlocks locked (green), is activated with green
light and indicates that the load is secured and ready for lifting.
The lift function is stopped when twistlocks are between unlocked
and locked position, both light C (red) and A (green) are
extinguished.
CAUTION
Do not start to lift if light C "Twistlocks unlocked" is
on, or if any of the lights A "Twistlocks locked" or B
"Contact" are off.
The load is not secured!
Try to lock twistlocks once again.
9 Ready for lifting.

Centre light, B – Contact (orange), extinguishes when the
container is lifted.
For height warning, see Height warning, page 183.
For height limitation, see Height limitation, page 183.

5 Handling – Transporting load 179
5.5.2 Transporting load

General
WARNING
Transporting loads is associated with major risks.
Risk of roll-over and tipping over! Chance of load
damage to property! Extreme danger!
Respect the lifting capacity of the machine and
exercise the greatest caution during load handling:
• The machine must only be operated on even
surfaces, intended for the machine's total weight
and ground pressure.
• All transporting of loads must take place in
transport position. Exercise caution when
operating, think about the width and height so that
the mast or attachment does not collide with poles,
cables, etc.
• Do not transport the load in a higher position than
necessary since this may cause the machine to roll
or tip over.
• Always operate with the load facing uphill on an
uphill or downhill grade, never operate or turn
across a grade.
• Operate the machine in reverse if the transported
load obscures visibility to the front.
• No personnel may encroach or stand under a
raised load.
• The operator must avoid forceful acceleration
and heavy braking to prevent risk of tipping and
roll-over.
• The operator must always adjust the speed when
turning to prevent skidding and risk of roll-over or
tipping over.
In the event of tipping or roll-over, hold onto the
steering wheel and remain in the cab. Do NOT
attempt to jump out of the cab until any movement
of the machine has finished.
When handling special loads local regulations may
apply. Learn about them and follow them.

180 5 Handling – Transporting load
Instructions for sidelift

1 Lift the load slightly. Back away from the stack.
Left light, A – Twistlocks locked (green), is activated and indicates
that the load is secured.
2 Adjust load height and tilt angle to transport position. See
Transport position, page 180.
3 Use side shift to centre the load so that its centre of gravity is along
the machine's centre line
Transport position
When the machine shall be operated with or without load, transport
position must be adopted, in order to maximise the operator's field of
vision and minimise the risk of rolling over and imbalance while driving.
In transport position, the attachment is raised for good forward visibility.

When operating with a load, the mast must be tilted backwards and
without a load, the mast must be vertical.

5 Handling – Transporting load 181
Operating on grades
It is important to operate with extreme care on grades since there's
an increased risk of tipping and rolling over. Remember the angle of
the ramp.
NOTE
When braking, use only the service brake pedal (right-hand brake
pedal). Do not operate the service brake in combination with the
clutch pedal.
• Operating with a load.

Adjust load height and tilt angle to transport position. See Transport
position, page 180.
Always operate with the load against the grade (see figure),
regardless of the travel direction.
• Operating without a load.
Always operate with the lift attachment in the direction of the grade
(down), regardless of the travel direction.
Working near overhead high voltage power lines

Operate with extreme care in all work near overhead high voltage
power lines, keeping in mind the height of the lifting mast and load.
DANGER
If the machine comes into contact with overhead high
voltage power lines. Remain seated and call for help!
Extreme danger!
Remain in the cab. Wait for assistance.

182 5 Handling – Unloading
5.5.3 Unloading
Instructions for twistlock attachment
1 Run towards the stack of containers, as close as possible. Attempt
to position the lifted container's centre line toward the centre of
the container stack.
2 Lift the load over the stack.
For height warning, see Height warning, page 183.
For height limitation, see Height limitation, page 183.
3 Apply the parking brake if desired, or hold the machine stationary
with the service brake. Alternatively, shift to neutral.
4 Position the load over the stack. Adjust with side shift and tilting.
5 Lower the load.

Centre light, B - Contact (orange), is activated and indicates when
the attachment has correct contact with the container.
Contact is required to release the twistlocks.
The lower function is stopped when both attachment lifting heads
leave rest position.
6 Open twistlocks with the switch for opening the twistlocks (position
53i).
Left light, A - Twistlocks locked (green), is deactivated when
release of twistlocks is initiated.
Right light, C - Twistlocks unlocked (red), is activated when the
twistlocks are fully open.
Never lift when twistlocks are in the process of being released. The
lift function is stopped when twistlocks are between unlocked and
locked position, both light C (red) and A (green) are extinguished.
Release of twistlocks takes place in different ways, depending on
the position of the switch for automatic or manual locking (position
62).
NOTE
Automatically locked twistlocks are also opened manually.
Release in position for manual locking of twistlocks:

a. Press and release the switch for opening twistlocks (position
53i) in order to open locked twistlocks.
Twistlocks stops in open position until locking of twistlocks
is requested.
b. When right light, C – Twistlocks unlocked (red) is activated, lift
until centre light, B – Contact (orange) extinguishes and the
attachment is free of the container.

5 Handling – Functions for load handling 183
Release in position for automatic locking of twistlocks

activated:
a. Press and hold the switch for open locked twistlocks (position
53i).
When automatic locking of twistlocks is selected, locking takes
place automatically at full contact with the load if the switch is
released.
b. When right light, C – Twistlocks unlocked (red) is activated, lift
until centre light, B – Contact (orange) extinguishes.
c. Release the switch for open locked twistlocks (position 53i).
d. Lift until the attachment is clear of the container.
5.5.4 Functions for load handling

Height limitation
Height limitation restricts how high the mast can be operated. Height
limitation is adjustable according to the customer needs.
When the mast reaches a certain preset height (position A), the lift
movement is stopped and the figure in the display is shown. Lower the
mast for continued load handling.
If it is necessary to lift above the height limitation, the function can

be bypassed. Activate switch for by-passing (position 47) and use
the lift function. After a few seconds the switch (position 47) can be
deactivated, lifting/lowering can then be performed without by-passing.
Height warning
Height warning warns when the set maximum lifting height is reached.
Height warning is adjustable according to customer requirements.
When the mast reaches a certain preset height (position A), the
machine warns and the figure in the display is shown.

184 5 Handling – Functions for load handling
Automatic spreading 20'–40'
Automatic spreading means that the spreading moves automatically to

the next stop when spreading is activated with the control lever if the
switch for automatic spreading 20'-40' (position 57) is activated.
When automatic spreading is in progress, a buzzer sounds on the lifting

carriage to warn of movement of the machine's parts.
To stop an ongoing automatic spreading, activate spreading in or out of

with the control lever.
The spreading function is dampened for a short time before one of the
stops 20' (in the event of extra spreading stop , see Spreading stop
at 30' , page 184) or 40'. To continue spreading to the end position 40',
repeat the instantaneous function selection with the control lever.
NOTE
Automatic spreading can only be activated with closed doors and
released parking brake.
Instructions
1 Close the doors.
2 Disengage the parking brake.
3 Check that nothing is in the way of an intended spreading
movement.
4 Activate spreading with the control lever.
5 Closely monitor the attachment's spreading booms and stop the
spreading in the event of a risk of collision.
To stop an ongoing automatic spreading, activate spreading in
or out of with the control lever.
Spreading stop at 30'
As an option, the machine can be equipped with extra stops for the
spreading in order to facilitate handling the load with special spacing
between the lifting points (normally 30' or 35').
When the switch is set in position 1, an extra stop is activated, which

means that the spreading function will be dampened and stop between
the outer and inner end position, at the extra stop. To go past the extra
stop, activate spreading again when the spreading has been stopped.
The distance for extra spreading stops is fixed, and cannot be changed
without conversion of the machine.

5 Handling – Functions for load handling 185
Scales
Load weight is approximated with the operating menu for scales.
NOTE
For calibration, contact service personnel.
1 Perform the lifting movement and then lower the load slowly about
10 cm.
2 Select the operating menu for the scales with or and confirm
with . A border around the row for the current weight (position
b) indicates that the function is activated.
3 The different rows have different functions:
Select row with or . Confirm the selection with .
Undo the selection with .
a. Shows tare weight in tonnes or pounds (lbs).
The value shown in row (a) can be reset to zero (tared) using
the function keys.
Select taring with or .
Switch between taring (current tare weight is displayed) or to
no tare (0 shown). Confirm with .
b. Current weight in tonnes or pounds (lbs), (net weight).
The value in row (b) can be added to row (c).
Select row (b) with or .
Add the value in row (b) to row (c) with .
c. Total weight in tonnes or pounds (lbs) (gross weight).
The value in the row (c) can be reset.
Select row (c) with or .
The value on row (c) can be reset with .
Leave the menu with .

186 5 Handling – Customer settings via display
5.6 Customer settings via display

5.6.1 Menu for customer settings
Description
Setting the time
1 Select menu for customer settings with or and confirm with
.
2 Select SET TIME/DATE with or and confirm with .

a. Setting the date and time
b. Setting units
c. Setting of Eco Drive Mode
d. Setting of automatic start and stop function
3 Select SET TIME with or and confirm with .

014935
4 Adjust the hours with and , confirm with . Continue in this

way with the minutes and seconds. Leave the menu with .
014941

5 Handling – Menu for customer settings 187
Setting the date

.

b. Setting units
3 Select SET DATE with or and confirm with .

015322
4 Adjust the year with and , confirm with . Continue in this

way with the month and day. Leave the menu with .
014942
Setting the time format

.

188 5 Handling – Menu for customer settings

b. Setting units
3 Select SET TIME STYLE with or and confirm with .
015323
4 Select the time format 24h or 12h am/pm with or . Leave

the menu with .
014943
Setting of display units

.
2 Select SET SI/US UNITS with or and confirm with .

b. Setting units

5 Handling – Menu for customer settings 189
3 Select SI UNITS or US UNITS with or . Leave the menu

with .
014936
Setting of Eco Drive Mode
The menu is only available if the machine is set for Eco Drive Mode
to be selectable by the operator.
.
2 Select SET ECO DRIVE MODE with or and confirm with .

b. Setting units
3 Select POWER, NORMAL or ECO with or . Leave the menu

with .
For a more detailed description, see Eco Drive Mode, page 161.
017376

190 5 Handling – Menu for customer settings
Setting of display language

.
2 Select SET LANGUAGE with or and confirm with .

a. Setting units
b. Setting of Eco Drive Mode
c. Setting of automatic start and stop function
d. Setting of display language
3 Select off or on with or . Leave the menu with .

5 Handling – Menu for active error codes 191
5.6.2 Menu for active error codes

Description
1 Select the menu for ACTIVE ERRORS with or and confirm
with .
a b c 2 The menu shows the active error codes.

Scroll through the error codes with or . Leave the menu
with .
d
a. Device that generated the error code.
k e b. Component error code concerns (SPN code).

c. Type of error (FMI code).
d. Number of active error codes. The first digit shows the error
j being displayed, the second digit the number of active error
codes.
i e. Information can be found in the operator's manual.

f. Symbol for the device that generated the error code.
014944
h g f g. Symbol for operator action.

h. Symbol for the error code level.
i. Number of error codes with the level INFORMATION.
j. Number of error codes with the level WARNING.
k. Number of error codes with the level STOP.
For more information, see Error codes, general, page 88.
5.6.3 Menu for inactive error codes

Description
1 Select the menu for INACTIVE ERRORS with or and confirm
with .
2 The menu shows the inactive error codes.
Scroll through the error codes with or . Leave the menu
with .
For more information, see Error codes, general, page 88.
5.6.4 Menu for statistics and history

Description

192 5 Handling – Menu for statistics and history
1 Select the menu for running times with or and confirm with .
2 The menu shows driving distances.

a. Cumulative driving distance in km or miles. This counter
cannot be reset.
b. Driving distance odometer 1 since last reset to zero in km or
miles.
c. Driving distance odometer 2 since last reset to zero in km or
miles.
Select which row should be reset by pressing momentarily.
Select row with or . Reset the row with .
Reset all rows by pressing for more than 2 seconds.
Select the next statistics and history menu with or go back with
. Leave the menu with .
3 The menu shows accumulated load statistics. This counter cannot
be reset.
a. Total number of lifts.
b. Average lift rate in number of lifts/hour.
4 The menu shows resettable load statistics.

a. Number of lifts counter 1.
b. Number of lifts counter 2.
c. Average lift rate in number of lifts/hour.
5 The menu shows resettable load statistics.

a. Cumulative lifting load of 1000s of tonnes. This counter
cannot be reset.
b. Total lifting load since last reset to zero in tonnes.
c. Average load per lift since last reset to zero in tonnes/lift or
pounds/lift.

5 Handling – Menu for services and settings 193
6 The menu shows resettable load and fuel statistics.

a. Average lifting load since last reset to zero in tonnes/hour or
pounds/hour.
b. Average fuel consumption since last reset to zero in litres/hour
or gallons/hour.
c. Average fuel consumption since last reset to zero in litres/100
tonnes or gallons/100 tonnes.
5.6.5 Menu for services and settings

Description
Used for diagnostics, calibration and settings on the machine by
authorised personnel. Access code required.
014981
5.6.6 Menu for machine check

Menu for machine check, description
1 Select the menu for MACHINE CHECK with or and confirm
with .
2 The menu shows lamp checking. This function switches on all the
lights on the machine in order to facilitate daily inspection.
Switch on all the lights on the machine with . The tick in the box
indicates that the lights are switched on.
NOTE
Run the engine at idle in order to prevent discharge of the
batteries.
Select the next menu with or go back with . Leave the menu
with .

194 5 Handling – Menu for machine check
3 The menu shows reversing of cooling fans for the intercooler.

Change the cooling fans' blow direction . The tick in the box
indicates the fans' blow direction is reversed.
with .
4
The menu shows central lubrication. This menu activates the
central lubrication for extra lubrication or function check of the
central lubrication.
Activate the central lubrication's main units with . The tick in the
box indicates that a lubrication cycle is activated.
with .

6 Inspection and maintenance 195
6 Inspection and
maintenance
General
This chapter describes:
• DAILY INSPECTION - performed by the operator.
Daily inspection describes the running inspection that significantly
contributes to making the machine a safe and reliable workplace.
• MAINTENANCE - performed by the operator.
Maintenance describes some simple maintenance actions.
• SERVICE - performed by trained service technician.
Service is performed according to a service schedule and by
service technicians. Service is described in the maintenance
manual.
It is the operator who is responsible for ensuring that the machine
comes in for service according to prescribed service intervals.
Procedures are described in the maintenance manual.
• ERROR CODE INFORMATION - read off by the operator.
Error code information is read off by the operator from the control
system's display in the cab. Depending on the type of error code, it
is handled by the operator or a service technician.
NOTE
All time information refers to operating time, that is, the time shown
by the hour meter on the panel.
CAUTION
Only spare parts approved by Cargotec may be used.
This is to maintain the machine's safety as well as to
meet warranty and service agreements!
Only use spare parts and fluids approved by Cargotec
to fulfil warranty terms.

196 6 Inspection and maintenance – Daily inspection
6.1 Daily inspection

General
Daily inspection of the machine is extremely important in order to
ensure that it is safe both for the operator and its surroundings.
Every operator should perform checks before a new work shift. In this
way, operators can avoid running defective machines with malfunctions
that have been generated or caused during an earlier work shift.
WARNING
inspection.
Instructions
Perform the following checks:
1. Visual inspection of the machine's exterior and engine
compartment. Pay attention to odours from fuel or electronic
equipment. Walk around the machine and check the following:
• Leakage from engine, fuel and AdBlue systems, transmission,
drive axle, steering cylinder, hydraulic hoses and hydraulic
cylinders.
DANGER
Residue from fuel, oils, grease or other flammable
materials on the engine or in the engine compartment
is a fire hazard.
Fire hazard!
Remove residue of flammable materials in the engine
compartment as soon as they are detected. Be extra
careful on hot surfaces such as exhaust systems,
manifolds or turbochargers. If leakage of oil, fuel or
coolant is detected, the reason should be investigated
and the fault corrected before starting the engine.
• Loose wheel nuts.

Following a wheel replacement, check-tightening of the bolted
joints is very important (after approx. 4-5 operating hours).
• Damage to rims.
• Uneven tyre wear - remove any objects that may penetrate the
tyres, e.g. glass, metal filings, etc.
• Any blisters or damage to the tyres - contact service
immediately to replace tyres that are blistered or damaged.
• Tyre pressure.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Daily inspection 197
• Damage or cracks in vital components and their mountings

such as lifting chains, mast, attachment and tilt cylinders.
DANGER
Cracks in materials or welds in load bearing structures
can reduce the machine's strength.
damage!
If there are cracks in materials or welds in
load-carrying structures/structural elements, the
machine shall be taken out of use immediately
and taken for repair. Contact Cargotec for repair
instructions.
• Check that the sensors on the attachment are clean, free from
grease and working, and that the contact pins move easily.
• Cab with regards to damage and dirty windows, rear view
mirrors.
• If the machine is equipped with hydraulic oil cooler, check that
it is in working order.
2. In cold weather:
• Check that wiper blades have not frozen to the windscreen.
WARNING
Attempting to manually move the wiper armswill
damage the wiper motor's gear or shaft.
Damage to the wiper motor's gear or shafts.
Never try to manually move the wiper arms.
• Remove snow and ice from air inlets and radiator grill.
• Antifreeze in washer fluid.
• Disconnect the electric auxiliary heater for the cab and engine
. The auxiliary heater for the engine does not heat the
AdBlue tank and AdBlue hoses.
3. Check fluid levels for the following fluids in accordance with the
description, see section 6.2 Maintenance. Top up, if necessary,
with the correct fluid:
• Hydraulic oil.
• Coolant.
• Washer fluid - windows.
• Engine oil, see Engine oil, general, page 212.
• Transmission oil.
4. Check the engine:
• Check the engine's indicator for air filter, see Air filter engine,
general, page 209.
• Check and, if necessary, drain the water separator under the
fuel pre-filter, see Fuel system, general, page 203.
5. Cab, internally:
• Check that everything is in order in the cab.
• Check that everything is clean in the cab.
• Check that the operator's manual for the machine is in the cab.

198 6 Inspection and maintenance – Daily inspection
6. Start the machine according to instructions and check:

• Instruments - warning lamps, indicators, any error codes.
• Fuel level - the gauge must not show empty tank.
• AdBlue– level - the gauge must not show empty tank.
Only applies to certain engine options.
Operating the machine without AdBlue leads to restricted
engine power output. In serious cases, a service technician
may need to reset the engine in order to regain full
performance.
• Lighting, direction indicators, signal, brake lights, warning
lights and reflectors, check function and rectify any damage.
All the lights on the machine can be switched on simultaneously
with the menu for machine check, see Menu for machine
check, description, page 193.
• Windscreen wipers.
• Check that mirrors are intact, clean and well-adjusted for
visibility all around the machine.
• Cooling function in the ECC .
7. Operate the machine slowly/carefully and check the following
functions:
• Brakes - check-brake at least three times.
• Steering - in both directions.
• Transmission - all gears - forward and reverse.
• Noise from engine, transmission or drive axle.
8. Run all functions with hydraulic cylinders (lift, tilt, side shift and
spreading) to their end positions for lubrication of the cylinder
barrels and piston rods.
9. Check that the lift attachment and the indicator lights for twistlocks
and contact are working.
WARNING
Make sure that the engine is switched off when working
with twistlocks/lock lugs.
Twistlock/lock lugs can lock automatically if all
sensors for contact are activated at the same time.
• Check that the contact pins (position B) for twistlocks (position

A) can be pressed in and that they spring out immediately.
Note that a contact pin that binds can indicate contact despite
the attachment not being positioned against the container.
• Check that the twistlock function is working. This is done by
lifting a container until the light "Contact" goes out. Event
menu contact uses symbols to show attachment contact. It
should not now be possible to release the twistlocks.
A. Twistlocks
B. Contact pin, twistlocks WARNING
Do not use the machine if the system for locking
containers does not work.
damage!
Use of the machine must be discontinued, and it has to
be taken to a service workshop for needed actions.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Daily inspection 199
• Check the function of twistlock open/lock. This is performed

by pressing the by pass switch (47) (not required for lock
lugs) and checking that the green light is illuminated at locked
twistlock/lock lugs and the red light is illuminated at open
twistlock/lock lugs.
• Check that the by pass function is working. This is performed
by pressing the by pass switch (47) and checking that the
warning lamp for by pass of hydraulic functions (position 20)
is illuminated.
10. For central lubrication :
Make sure grease has not seeped out from the safety valve
(position A). This is a sign that the central lubrication is not working
properly.
11. Check the machine's operating hours - notify the
foreman/supervisor if the machine is close to a service interval.
12. Notify the foreman/supervisor immediately if any defects are
detected on the machine.
WARNING
A Safety valve
B Filler nipple Do not use the machine if the system for locking
containers does not work.
damage!
Use of the machine must be discontinued, and it has to
be taken to a service workshop for needed actions.
13. Check if any error codes are active.

See 5.3 Error codes, page 88.
14. Make sure that AdBlue is drained from the hoses when the
machine is turned off. The AdBlue– pump can still be heard for
short time after the engine has been switched off.
The system voltage must not be cut with the battery disconnector
before the pump has stopped.
Only applies to certain engine options.

200 6 Inspection and maintenance – Maintenance
6.2 Maintenance
General
The following maintenance actions are described in this chapter:
– Cleanliness, general, page 201
– Fuel system, general, page 203
– Windscreen washer, general, page 208
– Air filter engine, general, page 209
– Cooling system, general, page 210
– Engine oil, general, page 212
– Transmission oil, general, page 213
– Hydraulic system, general, page 214
– Tyres and rims, general, page 215
– Accumulators, general, page 218
– Central lubrication, general, page 219
– Battery and battery disconnector, general, page 220
– Fuses for electrical system, general, page 222
– Lighting, general, page 227
Safety during maintenance

Observe the following when maintenance work is to be performed:
• Always switch off the engine during service work. The only
exception is when service work requires engine power.
• Use stop blocks at the wheels.
• No work may be carried out on the machine without the right
knowledge and skills to do the work correctly. Maintenance
performed incorrectly may be dangerous.
• Always use a hard hat, protective glasses, gloves, work shoes and
other protective items as required by the work situation.
• Read all plates and instructions on the machine and in the
operator's manual before performing any maintenance. Each one
contains important information about handling and maintenance.
• Avoid spills when draining/filling oils, fuel and AdBlue. Use
reservoirs/tanks, pump, hose, etc. for safe handling. Oils, fuels
and AdBlue cause environmental damage. They should be taken
care of by an authorised company. AdBlue is also corrosive
and damages electrical wiring, etc. and must be rinsed away
immediately if spilt.
• Always drain the pressure from the accumulators before working
on the hydraulic system.
• The unit for air inlet to the cab (at front part of cab) is provided with
non-slip plate and can be used as a platform to stand on when
performing maintenance by the front part of the cab.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Cleanliness 201
6.2.1 Cleanliness
Cleanliness, general
Dirt has a negative impact on performance. Experience shows that
clean machines have fewer malfunctions.
The machine should be washed regularly for optimal functionality.

Keep the following in mind when washing:
• Run the hydraulic cylinders to the inner positions.
• Use mild cleaning agents.
Use a degreaser if necessary. Scrub if necessary.
• Use a high-pressure washer, wide water jet.
CAUTION
High-pressure washing of sensitive
components may lead to short-circuiting and
cause malfunction.
Product damage!
Do not use a high-pressure washer on the
cab, radiator, battery compartment, electric
components, control units, connectors, cable
joints, cylinder seals, stub axles, axle seals and
chains.
NOTE
After washing with de-greaser, the hydraulic cylinders should be run
in and out a few times to obtain satisfactory lubrication once again.
WARNING
The strength of the roof window may be significantly
reduced in case of exposure to substances containing
aromatic hydrocarbons, ketones, esters, or chlorinated
hydrocarbons.
Low strength! Danger!
Check the surface layer of the roof window and
clean only with washer fluid or mild detergent. Rinse
thoroughly with lukewarm water afterwards. Replace a
damaged roof window that shows cracks or scratches
immediately!

202 6 Inspection and maintenance – Cleanliness
CAUTION
Cleaning agents contain different solvents.
Health-hazardous and highly flammable.
Ensure good ventilation when cleaning the machine.
Avoid skin contact, use protective gloves. If you
get dizzy when using cleaning agents, get fresh air
immediately and contact a doctor. If the cleaning agent
has found its way into your eyes, rinse immediately
with lots of water and contact a doctor immediately.
CAUTION
Objects may shoot off when using compressed air for
cleaning.
Risk of injury.
Use protective goggles and protective gloves. Exercise
caution to avoid injury to yourself or those nearby.
For optimum functionality the machine should also be kept clean inside
the cab.
• Plastic material: Vacuum clean, brush/wipe with lightly moistened
rag. Use mild cleaning agent and always wipe down with a lightly
moistened rag and clean water.
• Textile material: Vacuum clean, brush/clean with e.g. furniture or
carpet cleaning agent in accordance with the instructions on the
packaging.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Fuel system 203
6.2.2 Fuel system

Fuel system, general
NOTE
Make sure that the area around the tank cap is clean when
refuelling.
The filler pipe for the AdBlue tank is equipped with an integrated
strainer. The inner diameter of the filler pipe makes it impossible to
fill with an automatic nozzle for diesel. The filler pipe also has an
integrated magnet which can be used for opening the special automatic
nozzle for filling AdBlue.
WARNING
Fuel is highly flammable and health hazardous.
Fire hazard! Health hazard!
Handle with great care and avoid all possible ignition
sources, for example, cigarettes, sparks. Avoid skin
contact, use protective gloves. In the event of skin
A. Fuel filler orifice contact and spills on clothes, wash the skin and
change clothes.
B. Filling AdBlue
Applies to Volvo TAD572VE or Volvo TAD871VE
CAUTION
The quality of the diesel affects the service life of the
engine.
Make sure that correct diesel quality is used.
Incorrect diesel quality will lead to after-treatment
system failure resulting in high repair costs.

204 6 Inspection and maintenance – Fuel system
IMPORTANT
If AdBlue is accidentally poured into the fuel tank this
can lead to the following:
• The engine will not run at full power or not at all.
• Injectors can be damaged.
• Corrosion may arise in the exhaust system between
the turbo and the after-treatment system.
• Expensive repairs.
If fuel is accidentally poured into the AdBlue tank this
can lead to the following:
• The after-treatment system can be seriously
damaged.
• The engine no longer satisfies emission
requirements.
• Expensive repairs.
Fuel
• Always refuel with diesel. For tank volume and fuel quality, see 9
Specifications, page 262.
• Never use additives in the diesel.
• In wintertime, try to fill up immediately after finished operation.
This prevents condensation in the fuel tank. Do not use
anti-condensation agents, for example, alcohol, in the fuel.
• Do not refuel when the engine is running.
• Make sure that the fuel nozzle is connected securely in the filler
pipe (to prevent spills and generation of static electricity).
• Clean around the filler pipe after refuelling and handle used rags,
wiped up fuel, etc. in an environmentally sound manner.

CAUTION
AdBlue can irritate with skin and eye contact and if
inhaled.
Health hazard!
Handle carefully and avoid skin contact, wear
protective gloves. In the event of any contact with
the skin and spillage on clothing, wash the skin with
large quantities of water and change contaminated
clothing and gloves. In the event of eye contact, rinse
thoroughly with water for several minutes and seek
medical advice if necessary. If inhaled, breathe fresh
air and seek medical advice if necessary.
CAUTION
AdBlue spilt on hot components evaporates quickly.
Irritating to the eyes and respiratory system.
Turn your face away. Vaporized AdBlue can act
corrosive to eyes and mucous membranes in the
throat. In the event of eye contact, rinse thoroughly
with water for several minutes and seek medical advice
if necessary. If inhaled, breathe fresh air and seek
medical advice if necessary.
IMPORTANT
Avoid spilling AdBlue on the ground and in
watercourses.
Spillage on the ground must be absorbed with sand or
other absorbent, non-combustible materials.
IMPORTANT
Never fill another AdBlue other than that specified in 9
Specifications.
Risk of damage to the after-treatment system!
Never start the engine if anything other than pure
AdBlue has been filled in the AdBlue– tank.

206 6 Inspection and maintenance – Fuel system
IMPORTANT
Avoid spilling AdBlue on the machine.
AdBlue is highly corrosive and harmful primarily to
wiring and electrical components.
Clean AdBlue from electrical wiring and components
immediately. If a connector has been exposed to
AdBlue solution then it must be replaced immediately
so that the AdBlue solution does not creep further into
the wiring. AdBlue creeps at a speed of 0.6 m/h in the
wiring. Cleaning with water and compressed air is not
sufficient due to AdBlue oxidising the metal itself.
AdBlue
• Always fill with pure AdBlue. For tank volume and AdBlue quality,
see 9 Specifications, page 262.
• Never use additives in the AdBlue.
• In wintertime, try to fill up immediately after finished operation. This
prevents condensation in the AdBlue tank.
• Do not refuel when the engine is running.
Switch off the engine and wait 2 minutes before refilling AdBlue.
When the engine is switched off AdBlue is pumped back into the
tank. If the engine is not switched off before refilling then there
is a risk of overfilling and leakage, with damage to the machine
and the environment as a result when the engine is switched off
the next time.
• Make sure the nozzle for AdBlue is correctly fitted to the filler pipe.
We recommend that filling equipment with automatic shut-off is
always used in order to avoid overfilling.
• Clean around the filler pipe after refuelling and handle used rags,
wiped up fuel, etc. in an environmentally sound manner.

Fuel prefilter, instructions
NOTE
The water separator should be drained of water when necessary
or at least every 50 operating hours.
DANGER
The fuel is highly flammable.
Fire hazard! Extreme danger!
Make sure that open flames, sparks, or red-hot/glowing
objects have been extinguished before starting work
on or near the fuel system. Do not smoke near the
machine during work on the fuel system.
Engine option Volvo 1 Turn off the engine and the main system voltage with the battery
disconnector.
2 Position a receptacle under the filter.
3 Drain the water from the filter.
Use your hand to open the drain valve. Turn the valve
anticlockwise until the valve drops down and draining starts, drain
until clear fuel is visible. When closing the valve, turn clockwise
and only tighten the cock by hand.
CAUTION
When closing, do not turn too hard. Overtightening
may damage the threads.
018615
WARNING
Cummins QSB6.7
Fuel on hands.
Rash and irritation.
Avoid skin contact with the fuel, use gloves.
4 Remove the collection container. Handle the fuel as

environmentally hazardous and fire hazardous waste.

208 6 Inspection and maintenance – Windscreen washer
6.2.3 Windscreen washer

Windscreen washer, general
The washer fluid reservoir (position A) is located to the left of the cab's
rear edge.
Instructions
1. Check the level in the reservoir. Top up with washer fluid as
required. For volume, see 9 Specifications, page 262.
2. Add anti-freeze. Select a suitable concentration (dilution
water/anti-freeze fluid) according to the prevailing outdoor
temperatures.
A. Washer fluid reservoir
6.2.4 Wiper blades

Wiper blades, general
Instructions
WARNING
Attempting to manually move the wiper armswill
damage the wiper motor's gear or shaft.
Damage to the wiper motor's gear or shafts.
Never try to manually move the wiper arms.
NOTE
Check the condition of the wiper blades; replace damaged wiper blades
in order to reduce the risk of damage to the windows.
Instructions
• Roof wiper: Lift the wiper arm, press in the wiper blade's locking
catch (position A) and replace the wiper blade. Check that the
wiper blade is locked in the correct position.
• Rear wiper: Lift the wiper arm, press in the wiper blade's locking
catch (position B) and replace the wiper blade. Check that the
wiper blade is locked in the correct position.
• Windscreen wipers: Undo the wiper blade's attaching bolt (position
C). Carefully lift the wiper arm and replace the wiper blade. Fit
the attaching bolt (position C).
NOTE
If the wiper arm is lifted too much then it may be damaged and
wiper blade contact may be affected.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Air filter, engine 209
6.2.5 Air filter, engine

Air filter engine, general
Instructions
NOTE
Poorly filtered induction air can very quickly result in serious engine
damage.
The filter is changed by the service technician during scheduled

inspection and service. When the machine is used in very dusty air, the
filter may be clogged after a relatively short time.
In the induction system, between the engine and air filter (A), there's an
indicator (B) which shows red when the air filter is clogged.
The air filter has a dust reservoir (position C) which is normally emptied
during operation by vibration in the induction system. It can also be
emptied manually by shaking it.
Instructions
• Check the indicator regularly and contact service as soon as the
indicator shows a red signal.
• The indicator can be reset to zero.
A. Position for air filter reservoir
B. Indicator for change
C. Dust reservoir
D. Cover

210 6 Inspection and maintenance – Cooling system
6.2.6 Cooling system

Cooling system, general
Coolant is filled in the system's expansion tank (position B). The coolant
level with a cold engine must be visible in the sight glass (position C)
on the expansion tank.
Low coolant level is indicated via the event menu, see Event menu low
coolant level engine, description, page 80.
WARNING
Low coolant level may result in serious engine damage.
Never operate an engine with low coolant level.
High coolant temperature is indicated via the event menu, see Event
menu engine coolant temperature, description, page 71.
Instructions
A. Position of the coolant container (expansion
tank)
B. Sight glass WARNING
C. Filling point
The cooling system is pressurised when the coolant is
hot. Steam or hot coolant may spray out.
Risk of scalding and burn injuries and incorrect
coolant level.
Never open the filler cap when the coolant temperature
is higher than the ambient temperature. Always wait
until the coolant has fully cooled down before checking
the level. Incorrect coolant level may cause engine
damage.
WARNING
Glycol and anti-corrosion agents are hazardous to
health.
Health hazard!
Handle with care. Avoid skin contact. Wear protective
glasses and protective gloves. In the event of skin
contact, wash the skin.
CAUTION
Use approved coolant.
Risk of engine damage and invalidated warranty if
unapproved coolant is used.
Only use coolant approved by the engine supplier
when changing and topping up the coolant.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Cooling system 211
IMPORTANT
On machines with ECC or AC it is of the utmost
importance that the engine's cooling system is
refilled with coolant containing the correct mixture of
anti-freeze fluid, otherwise there is a risk that the air
conditioning could freeze and breakdown when used.
• Allow the coolant to cool to the ambient temperature, use the

operating menus to check the coolant level.
• Check the coolant level in the expansion tank. Fill with coolant
approved by the engine supplier as required. For volume, see 9
Specifications, page 262.

212 6 Inspection and maintenance – Engine oil
6.2.7 Engine oil

Engine oil, general
Instructions
WARNING
protective gloves.
The engine's oil filler pipe (position B) and oil dipstick (position C) are
located under the engine covers.
Instructions
• Check on the dipstick (position C). Check the oil level when the
engine temperature is 30 °C. The dipstick has a marked area
where the oil level should be. Optimum oil level is in the centre
of the area.
NOTE
Engine option Volvo The oil dipstick is long on certain machines. Wear gloves.
A. Position for filling point and level checking • Top up as required with new engine oil (position B). For volume
B. Filling point and quality, see 9 Specifications, page 262.
C. Oil dipstick, yellow Top up – wait awhile – check.
NOTE
Work carefully when filling engine oil to prevent other fluids or
particles from contaminating the oil. Other fluids or particles in the
engine oil means a risk of engine damage.
Engine option Cummins

A. Position for filling point and level checking
B. Filling point
C. Oil dipstick, yellow

6 Inspection and maintenance – Transmission oil 213
6.2.8 Transmission oil

Transmission oil, general
Instructions
WARNING
protective gloves.
The transmission's oil filler pipe (position B) and oil dipstick (position C)
are located under the engine covers.
Instructions
• Check the oil level.
Check the oil level with the engine idling and the transmission in
neutral position and at operating temperature (approx. 85 °C in
the display).
Check on the dipstick (position C). Check the oil level when the
transmission is hot, 80 °C, and at idle. The dipstick has a marked
area where the oil level should be. Optimum oil level is in the
centre of the area.
• Wipe off the oil dipstick before checking.
A. Position for filling point and level checking
B. Filling point
NOTE
C. Oil dipstick, red
The oil dipstick is long. Wear gloves.
• Top up as required with new transmission oil (position B). For

volume and quality, see 9 Specifications, page 262).
It is recommended to fill the oil when the transmission is at
operating temperature. Top up – wait awhile – check on the
dipstick.
NOTE
Work carefully when filling transmission oil to prevent other fluids or
particles from contaminating the oil. Other fluids or particles in the
transmission oil means a risk of transmission damage.

214 6 Inspection and maintenance – Hydraulic system
6.2.9 Hydraulic system

Hydraulic system, general
Instructions
WARNING
protective gloves.
The hydraulic oil tank is located on the machine's right-hand side.

Instructions
• Check the oil level (position A). All hydraulic pistons should be in
fully retracted position.
• Top up as required with new oil (position E). For volume and
quality, see section 9 Specifications.
• Check that the oil cooler isn't clogged.
A. Sight glass hydraulic oil
Clean as needed.
B. Cleaning filter hydraulic oil
C. Filling point, spare NOTE
D. Breather filter Work carefully when filling engine oil to prevent other fluids or
E. Filling point particles from contaminating the oil. Other fluids or particles in the
engine oil involve a risk of damage to the brake system or working
hydraulics.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Tyres and rims 215
6.2.10 Tyres and rims

Tyres and rims, general
DANGER
Changing tyres is high-risk work.
Extreme danger!
Let service personnel change tyres, they have the
competence and authority to handle tyres!
DANGER
Penetrating objects such as crushed glass, pieces of
wood, metal shavings, etc. and mechanical defects,
such as uneven brake wear, can cause tyre damage.
Risk of tyre explosion! Extreme danger!
Check the tyres at regular intervals for external
damage and tyre pressure.
WARNING
Check-tighten the wheel nuts on a new wheel after 4-5
operating hours.
damage!
Tighten bolted joints crosswise. Contact a service
technician as required.
CAUTION
Spare and replacement tyres should be of brand
names approved by Cargotec.
Risk of overloaded tyres!
Use tyres approved by Cargotec.
IMPORTANT
Wheels, tyres and rims are dimensioned and selected
for each machine type so that maximum wheel loads
and travel speeds are not exceeded. For this reason it
is not permitted to change tyre dimension, tyre make,
tyre type, rim type, or rim make without approval from
Cargotec.

216 6 Inspection and maintenance – Tyres and rims
Changing wheel:
Changing wheels, see Maintenance manual.
DANGER
When changing tyres, deflate first.
Deflate tyres by loosening and removing the valve.
DANGER
Rim damage makes wheel handling extremely
dangerous!
Let service personnel change tyres, they have the
competence and authority to handle tyres!
CAUTION
Remove the sensors for tyre pressure monitoring
before the wheels are removed.
Risk of product damage.
The sensors for tyre pressure monitoring are fitted on
the valves and may be damaged when the tyres are
handled.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Tyres and rims 217
Inflating tyres
Care of compressor for inflating tyres:
• An air filter with water separator should be installed in the line from
the compressor used for inflating tyres. The water filter minimises
the risk of corrosion on wheel rims.
• Drain the water separator regularly.
DANGER
Never stand in front of a tyre when inflating! Do
not exceed prescribed air pressure, which must be
checked at ambient temperature. When changing
tyre or rim version, another tyre pressure may apply,
contact Cargotec. The plate for tyre air pressure
must be replaced with a plate with the applicable tyre
pressure!
Extreme danger!
Always follow instructions for inflating tyres to avoid
serious accidents.
Instructions
1 Instructions
2 3
1. Before inflating, make sure that the rim's lock ring is in the correct
position.
NOTE
If the tyre has been completely deflated, the rim must be dismantled
and checked for damage. Let service personnel change tyres, they
004873
have the competence and authority to handle tyres!
1. Lock ring 2. On machines with tyre pressure monitoring.
2. Rim edge Only remove one sensor at a time in order to avoid mixing them
up. Sensor locations are programmed into the monitoring system;
3. Tapered rim contact a service technician for reprogramming.
3. Connect the compressor with a locking air-chuck to the nipple on
the tyre.
4. Stand at an angle behind the tyre and remain there until inflating
has been completed. This is to avoid being hit by rim parts in the
event of an explosion.
5. Inflate the tyre to the prescribed pressure, see chapter 9
Specifications. When changing tyre or rim version, another tyre
pressure may apply, contact Cargotec.
6. On machines with tyre pressure monitoring.
Refit the sensor for tyre pressure monitoring.

218 6 Inspection and maintenance – Checking the accumulator
6.2.11 Checking the accumulator

Accumulators, general
Instructions
The function of the accumulators (position A) is to maintain even brake

pressure and also to maintain brake pressure, and thus braking action,
a short time after eventual loss of hydraulic pressure.
The accumulators are precharged with nitrogen gas.

Instructions
Check for leakage according to the following points if the warning lamp
for low brake pressure (position 33) lights up:
1. Start the engine and let it run until the accumulators are filled.
Warning lamp for low brake pressure (position 33) goes off.
2. Stop the engine and then turn the start key to position I.
3. Press down the brake pedal with long pumping brake strokes, with
a slight delay between each braking action.
A. Accumulators for brake system 4. It should be possible to brake at least eight times before the light
for low brake pressure lights up.
5. Start the engine, let the accumulators charge and repeat the test
a couple of times.
If it is not possible to brake eight times before the warning lamp for
low brake pressure lights up, there is a defect in the accumulators.
Contact service immediately for troubleshooting and action.
WARNING
The machine's hydraulic system includes accumulators
with high pressure.
Always exercise extreme caution when working
with the hydraulic system and avoid unnecessarily
remaining close to hydraulic components or hoses.
The accumulators must be drained prior to work in the
hydraulic system (see Maintenance manual).

6 Inspection and maintenance – Central lubrication 219
6.2.12 Central lubrication

Central lubrication, general
Central lubrication (which replaces most of the manual lubrication)

consists of two pump units, one on the frame and one on the attachment
that lubricates selected lubrication points. The lubricant quantity can be
adjusted according to requirements, contact Cargotec Service.
NOTE
Cleanliness when performing work on the central lubrication system
is extremely important. Dirt and debris can cause disturbances
in the system. Naphtha or light petroleum can be used to clean
the system. Do not use e.g. Tri or other organic solvents such as
alcohol, methanol, acetone or the like.
A. Safety valve
B. Filler nipple Instructions
• Maintenance for central lubrication is the filling of lubricant and
checking that all connected lubrication points receive sufficient
lubricant.
• Fill the reservoir up to the "Max" mark through the filler nipple
(position B).
Lubricating grease must be clean from contaminants and must not
change consistency as it ages.
• If the reservoir has become completely empty and is then filled, the
pump may need to be operated for longer in order to provide all the
lubrication points with a sufficient amount of lubricant.
Operate the pump manually with the menu for machine check, see
Menu for machine check, description, page 193.
• The quantity of grease supplied to the lubrication points can be set
via the machine's menus, see the Workshop manual.

220 6 Inspection and maintenance – Battery and battery disconnector
6.2.13 Battery and battery disconnector

Battery and battery disconnector, general
WARNING
Short-circuiting of battery.
Risk of explosion! Fire hazard! Risk of personal injury!
The battery's terminals must not be connected to each
other or to common grounding point (frame).
CAUTION
A. Battery disconnector
B. Battery cover
Always turn off the system voltage at the end of your
shift, when working on the electrical system and when
welding on the machine.
Danger!
Turn off the system voltage with the battery
disconnector. After the engine is turned off, wait a
while before switching off the system voltage. The
control system for the diesel engine and transmission
performs actions, depending on the model, up to two
minutes after the engine is turned off.
The electrical system works with a system voltage of 24 Volt (DC). The
power source consists of two series-connected 12 Volt (DC) batteries
which are charged by an AC alternator with rectifier. The negative
terminal is connected to the body.
The plus terminal is connected to a battery disconnector (position A).

The batteries are located inside of a cover (position B) behind the steps
on the machine's left-hand side.
Starting with booster battery
WARNING
Handle batteries and connectors with great care during
charging and boosting (jump starting). Do not mix
up the battery terminals! Follow the instructions for
starting with a booster battery!
Danger of short circuit! Warning - risk of hydrogen gas
forming! Danger of sparks and fire! Hydrogen gas is
very explosive!
Batteries must always be equipped with covers over
terminals and connections. Connect positive terminals
first. Then connect the negative terminals in order to
avoid sparks that could ignite the hydrogen gas.
1 Switch off the system voltage with the battery disconnector

(position A).
2 Open the battery cover on the machine's left-hand side.
3 Check that the engine on the machine with booster batteries is
switched off.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Battery and battery disconnector 221
4 Check that the booster batteries are connected in series so that

they supply 24 VDC. Do not disconnect the normal cables to the
machine's batteries.
5 Connect in the following order:
a. The red booster cable (+) to the discharged batteries' positive
terminal.
b. The red booster cable (+) to the booster batteries' positive
terminal.
c. The black booster cable (-) to the booster batteries' negative
terminal.
d. The black booster cable (-) to a point some distance from the
discharged batteries, e.g. by the negative cable's connection to
the frame or directly to the engine block.
6 Start the machine containing the booster batteries.
7 Make the system voltage with the battery disconnector.
8 Try to start the engine and then run the engine at increased idling
speed for approx. 10 minutes to charge the batteries.
Do not move the connections during the start attempt - risk of
sparks. Do not lean over any of the batteries.
9 Disconnect the cables in the reverse order as to when connecting
them. One cable at a time! Batteries must always be equipped
with covers over terminals and connections.
As an option, the machine can be equipped with a booster battery start

(auxiliary start) connection of the NATO type.
1 Connect the jumper cable to donor vehicle's booster battery start
(auxiliary start) connection. The auxiliary vehicle's engine must
be switched off.
2 Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the machine's
booster battery start (auxiliary start) connection.
3 Check that the machine's battery disconnector is in the ON
position.
4 Start the auxiliary vehicle and run the engine at high idle for
approx. 5 minutes.
5 Try to start the machine. If the machine does not start, contact
service.
6 When the machine has started, let the auxiliary vehicle idle.
7 Remove the jumper cable from the machine's booster battery start
(auxiliary start) connection and then from the auxiliary vehicle's
booster battery start (auxiliary start) connection.

222 6 Inspection and maintenance – Fuses for electrical system
6.2.14 Fuses for electrical system

Fuses for electrical system, general
The machine's electrical system is fuse-protected in three levels:
• Main fuses
• Distribution fuses
• Fuses
The machine's electrical system is also divided into two electrical

power circuits:
• Battery voltage, i.e. the voltage output in the machine when the
battery disconnector is in position I.
• Ignition voltage, i.e. the voltage output in the machine when the
ignition key lock is in position I provided the battery disconnector
is in position I.
CAUTION
Never use fuses with too high ampere rating.
Risk of cable damage or cable fire!
Follow instructions on the fuse plate for fuse type and
ampere rating.
Fuses on frame
A. Fuses in electronic box cab, F9968
B. Distribution fuses, F9952-2,
C. Distribution fuses, F9954-1
D. Fuses in the battery box, F9952-1
E. Fuses in electronic box frame, F9958

6 Inspection and maintenance – Fuses for electrical system 223
Main fuses
Main fuses
The machine's main fuses are located inside the battery cover for the
batteries on the left-hand side of the machine.
Table Main fuses F9952-1
Fuse number / Size Functions

1 / 100 A Fuses everything that is disconnected
with the main switch.
2 / 50 A Fuses everything that is not
disconnected with the main switch.
Instructions
1. Turn off the system voltage with the main switch.
The engine must be switched off.
See Battery and battery disconnector, general, page 220.
2. Open the battery cover.
3. Check and change main fuses when necessary.
Main fuse in the battery compartment on the frame

Distribution fuses
Distribution fuses
The machine's distribution fuses are located in the electronic box on
the left-hand side of the machine, rear boom mounting and at the front
of the boom.
Table Distribution fuses, ignition voltage F9954-1
Fuse number /
Size Functions
1 / 50 A Frame, Fuse holder (F9958-BK)
2 / 50 A Cab, Fuse holder (F9968-BK and GN),
Control unit KCU (D7901)
3 / 50 A Control unit KFU (D7971) and Control unit
KFU-2 (D7972)
4 / 50 A Control unit KAU (D7911) and Control unit
KAU-2 (D7912)
Table Distribution fuses, battery voltage F9952-2
Fuse number /
Size Functions
1 / 50 A Frame, Fuse holder (F9958-RD)
2 / 50 A Cab, Fuse holder (F9968-RD)
Table Connection block voltage feed attachment X401 and X500

Distribution fuses in electronic box frame
Fuse number /
Size Functions
1 / 50 A Voltage feed attachment
Red or white cable = +24 V from
F9954-1:4b.
2 / 50 A Voltage feed attachment
Black or brown cable = chassis connection.
Instructions
1. Turn off the system voltage with the main switch.
2. Remove the cover from the electronic box on the frame.
3. Remove the plastic cover.
4. Check and change main fuses when necessary.
The fuse plate gives information about each fuse.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Fuses for electrical system 225
Fuses
Fuses
The machine's fuses are located in the electronic box in the cab (F9968)
and in the electronic box on the left-hand side of the machine (F9958).
Table Fuses battery voltage frame F9958-RD
Fuse number / Functions

Size
RD1 / 15A Control unit, engine (D7940), Volvo
RD2 / 30/10 A Power supply after-treatment system Volvo
30 A
Control unit engine (D7940) Cummins 10 A
RD3 / - -
RD4 / - -
RD5 / - -
RD6 / 5 A Control unit, transmission (D7930)

RD7 / 5A Tyre pressure monitoring
RD8 / 30 A -
Table Fuses ignition voltage frame F9958-BK

Size
BK1 / - -
BK2 / - -
BK3 / 5 A Start interlock

BK4 / 25 A Cooling fan intercooler, left Volvo
BK5 / 25 A Cooling fan intercooler, right Volvo
BK6 / 15 A Control unit, transmission (D7930)
BK7 / - -
Fuses in electronic box frame, F9958
BK8 / 5/15 A Horn 5A, loud horn 15 A
Table Fuses options frame F9958-GN

Size
GN1 / - -
GN2 / - -
GN3 / - -
GN4 / - -
GN5 / 10 A Constant-loading functions in the cab,

timer diesel heater
GN6 / 20 Diesel heater
GN7 / 5 A Electrical battery disconnector
GN8 / - -

Fuses battery voltage cab F9968-RD
Table Fuses battery voltage cab F9968-RD

Size
RD1 / 5 A Start up, alcolock , start interlock
RD2 / 15 A Control unit KCU (D7901)
RD3 / - -
RD4 / 5 A Radio
RD5 / 10 A Service, smartfleet
RD6 / 10 A Customer-specific equipment
RD7 / - -
RD8 / 10 A -
Table Fuses ignition voltage cab F9968-BK

Size
BK1 / 10 A Control unit KPU (D7902), Control unit KID
(D7950), travel direction selector control
lever
BK2 / 10 A Service, smartfleet , distance warning
system back-up camera
BK3 / 10 A Monitor, back-up camera
BK4 / 5 A Radio
BK5 / 10 A Driver's seat: seat belt, seat heating
BK6 / 10 A 24 V socket cab , customer-specific
equipment
BK7 / 15 A Work lights
Fuses in electronic box cab, F9968
BK8 / 10 A Searchlight
Table Fuses, options cab F9968-GN

Size
GN1 / 25 A -
GN2 / 10 A Windscreen washer

GN3 / 10 A Voltage converter 12/24 VDC
GN4 / - -
GN5 / - -
GN6 / - -
GN7 / 20 A Inverter 230 V

GN8 / 10 A Compressor air suspension driver's seat

6 Inspection and maintenance – Lighting 227
Instructions
1. Turn off the system voltage with the battery disconnector.
2. Remove the cover on the electronic box on the frame or in the cab.
3. Remove the plastic cover.
4. Check and change fuses when necessary.
The fuse plate gives information about each fuse.
6.2.15 Lighting
Lighting, general
The following lights are the LED type and are replaced as complete
units:
• Position light front
• Back-up light, white
• Direction indicator, front
• Combination light cluster rear (brake light, tail light and direction
indicator)
• Revolving beacon
• Work lights
Light bulbs can be changed for the following:

• Interior lighting
It is important to use the right type of bulb for each respective lighting
point, see 9 Specifications, page 262.
A. Position light front

B. Direction indicator, front
C. Headlights
D. Back-up light
E. Brake and tail light
F. Direction indicator, rear

228 6 Inspection and maintenance – Service
6.3 Service
General
It's very important that inspections and service are performed at the
recommended intervals.
Service is performed by Cargotec, or by service technicians authorised

by Cargotec.
CAUTION
Service interval must be followed.
This is to maintain the machine's safety as well as to
meet warranty and service agreements!
Use spare parts and fluids approved by Cargotec to
fulfil warranty terms.
Service intervals and actions are described in the maintenance manual.
CAUTION
Undo the connectors from the control units.
Risk of damage to the control units!
When welding on the machine, all control units shall
be disconnected to prevent damage.

6 Inspection and maintenance – Service 229
WARNING
For safety reasons, the following spare parts may only
be replaced with genuine spare parts:
• Drive axle
• Brake valve
• Accumulator charging valve
• Accumulator
• Steering valve (Orbitrol)
• Steering valve incl. priority valve
• Steering axle
• Steering cylinder
• Steering spindle
• Hub
• Rim
• Mast, carriage
• Lift cylinder incl. load control valve
• Lifting chains
• Chain tightener and shaft
• Main valve load handling
• Valve block lift cylinder
• Tilt cylinder
• Load-holding valve, tilt
• Twistlocks
• Attachment assembly
• Control breaker (for hydraulic function)
• Emergency switch
• Cab
• Frame
• All control units

230 7 Transporting the machine
7 Transporting the machine

Safety
DANGER
The machine must be firmly secured for transport! The
machine is heavy and can cause extensive damage in
the event of a fall and similar.
damage!
Follow the instructions in order to secure the machine
during transport.
WARNING
Operator doors must always be closed during
transport.
Danger!
Always close operator doors during transport.

7 Transporting the machine – Towing 231
7.1 Towing
General
DANGER
The machine cannot be operated or braked if the
hydraulic pressure is lost, e.g., if the engine is off.
Rolling machine! Extreme danger!
If possible, tow with maintained hydraulic pressure.
If it's not possible to have the engine running when
towing, a tow bar must be used! Only tow for short
distances!
CAUTION
Do not try to start the machine by towing.
Causes serious damage to the transmission!
Start the engine according to instructions in the
operator's manual.
Before taking actions and after finished towing, the parking brake
must be applied and the wheels blocked to prevent the machine from
starting to roll.
Extreme care must be observed during towing work to avoid personal

injuries.
When towing, keep in mind:

• The towing vehicle should be heavier than the vehicle in tow.
• If possible when towing, the engine should be running in order for
brakes and steering to function.
When the engine is switched off, there is no hydraulic pressure for
the steering function and thus the machine's steering function is
severely limited. In addition, transmission lubrication is insufficient.
• The brakes function as long as there is pressure in the
accumulator/accumulators, then the service brake stops
functioning and the parking brake is applied automatically. If it is
necessary to move/tow the machine after that, the parking brake
must be released mechanically, see section 7.1.1 Mechanical
release of parking brake.
• If it is necessary to tow the machine, the propeller shaft must be
released from both transmission and drive axle.
• Only tow for very short distances.

232 7 Transporting the machine – Mechanical release of parking brake
7.1.1 Mechanical release of parking brake

Description
The parking brake is applied automatically by a forceful spring in the
brake cylinder if the pressure in the hydraulic accumulator should drop
below a certain level.
If the machine has to be moved (towed) without sufficient pressure

in the hydraulic accumulator, the parking brake must be released
mechanically (manually).
DANGER
Before starting to work with the parking brake, make
sure that the machine cannot move when the braking
action is released.
Rolling machine! Extreme danger!
Block the wheels to avoid unwanted rolling of the
machine.
CAUTION
The parking brake has high spring force. If the brakes
are opened incorrectly, parts may detach and fly off
with great force.
Follow the instructions.
The parking brake is a disc brake with two brake calipers on the drive
axle's input shaft.
1 Remove the protective cover from the brake caliper (position A).
2 Grip the adjusting screw (position C) and loosen the lock nut
(position B).
3 Note the position of the adjusting screw (position C), for example,
by counting rotations when it is turned.
4 Turn the adjusting screw (position C) until the brake pads release
from the brake disc.
NOTE
If the parking brake has been released mechanically, the parking
brake must always be restored in order to give the machine
5 Restore the parking brake function by turning the adjusting screw

to the same position as in step 3.
Send the machine for service as soon as possible for checking and
adjustment of the parking brake.
A. Protective cover
6 Refit protective cover on the caliper.
B. Lock nut
C. Adjusting screw

7 Transporting the machine – Lifting and transporting the machine 233
7.2 Lifting and transporting the

machine
General
When lifting and transporting the machine, follow the governing safety
regulations.
DANGER
High demands are made of the lifting and transport
equipment, e.g. lifting chains, hooks, etc.
Extreme danger!
Check the equipment and its capacity, lifting slings on
the machine as well as lashing points on the transport
vehicle and machine.
DANGER
Overload of load equipment.
Extreme danger!
Lifting equipment must be dimensioned for the load.
Never walk under hanging loads.
The following action must be taken when the machine is to be

transported:
• Apply parking brake.
• Turn off the system voltage with the battery disconnector.
• Remove any fragile equipment, e.g. rear view mirrors.
• If transport is to take place on a public road:
Make sure that laws and regulations are followed with regards to
height, weight, width, and axle load limitations.

234 7 Transporting the machine – Lifting machine
Transporting the machine on public roads
NOTE
Only needed if transport takes place on public roads.
1 Remove the lifting carriage and attachment, see Lifting carriage

and attachment, removal, page 235.
2 Remove the mast, see Mast, removal, page 237.
3 Remove the machine parts, see Machine parts, removal, page 242
4 Secure the machine and its parts for transporting on e.g. a truck.
Note the machine's weight, see machine plate.
a) Place the mast, lifting carriage and attachment on the transport,
see Lashing down for transport, mast, lifting carriage and
attachment, page 245.
b) Place the machine on the transport, see Lashing down for
transport, mast, lifting carriage and attachment, page 245.
5 Unload the machine from the transport, see Unloading the
machine, page 246.
6 Fit the machine parts, see Machine parts, assembly, page 246.
7 Unload the mast, lifting carriage and attachment from the transport,
see Unloading the mast, lifting carriage and attachment, page 249.
8 Fit the mast, see Mast, fitting, page 250.
9 Fit the lifting carriage and attachment, see Lifting carriage and
attachment, installation, page 253.
7.2.1 Lifting machine

Instructions, lifting with lifting eyes
The machine is equipped with lifting eyes, two on the mast and two on
the counterweight.
1. Use the lifting eyes to secure the lifting device.
2. The lifting device must be adapted so that the lifting point runs
through the machine's centre of gravity.

7 Transporting the machine – Transporting the machine 235
7.2.2 Transporting the machine

Lifting carriage and attachment, removal
1 Start the engine and tilt the mast so that it is perpendicular in
relation to the ground.
2 Turn off engine.
3 Depressurise the hydraulic system.
1. Open the relief valve for the attachment (A).
2. Loosen lock nut (C) and open the drain valve for the brake
accumulators (B).
3. Turn the start key to position I and activate the hydraulic
functions to depressurise the hydraulic system.
4. Turn the start key to position 0.
WARNING
Pressurised oil system.
Always depressurise the hydraulic system before
starting to work in the hydraulic system.
4 Turn off the system voltage with the battery disconnector.

5 Turn the bracket with the indicator lights so that it is in line with the
attachment beam.
6 Mark up and release the wiring to the lifting carriage from the mast.
Wiring, lifting carriage

236 7 Transporting the machine – Transporting the machine
7 Mark up and release the hydraulic hoses to the lifting carriage

from the mast.
Collect the waste oil in containers. Oil spills are handled as
environmentally hazardous waste.
DANGER
The hydraulic connections may become pressurised
when the machine is operated.
Extreme danger, risk of hydraulic oil leakage.
Use plugs that can be pressurised.
Hydraulic hoses, lifting carriage

NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from contaminants.
8 Secure the wiring and hydraulic hoses to the lifting carriage so that
they are not damaged when the lifting carriage and attachment
are removed.
9 Connect the lifting equipment to the lifting points on the attachment.
DANGER
Extreme danger!
Lifting points, attachment
10 Lift the lifting carriage, together with the attachment, using the
lifting equipment so that the lifting chains between the mast and
lifting carriage become unloaded.
11 Release the lifting chains from the lifting carriage by removing
the pins.
12 Refit the pins in the chain tensioners and secure them with the
split pins,
Pins, lifting chains
13 Release the bracket that holds the wiring and hydraulic hoses from
the lifting carriage.
14 Secure the bracket that holds the wiring and hydraulic hoses
against the mast so that the bracket or the mast are not damaged
when the mast is handled.
Attaching bolts, bracket

15 Close the relief valve for the attachment (A) and the drain valve for
brake accumulators (B). Tighten the lock nut (C).
16 Start the machine and carefully raise the mast so that the lifting
carriage is clear of the mast.
Use bypass in order to be able to lift the mast.
17 Carefully lift out the lifting carriage and the attachment as one unit
from the mast. Position it on blocks, facing down.
18 Lower the mast to bottom position.
19 Turn off the engine and the main system voltage with the battery
disconnector.
20 Check that the hydraulic connections are sealed tightly.
21 Protect the glossy surfaces of the lifting carriage with rustproofing

and lubricate the slide surfaces.
22 Turn the bracket with the indicator lights to face down. Secure the
cables and hoses so that nothing protrudes and can be damaged
during transport.
23 Secure the mast's lifting chains in the lower edge of the mast using
chains intended for securing loads.
Mast, removal
1 The lifting carriage and attachment must be removed before the
mast is removed, see Lifting carriage and attachment, removal,
page 235.
2 Turn off engine.
accumulators (B).
WARNING
4 Turn off the system voltage with the battery disconnector.

5
If the machine has raised air intake, remove the extension pipe.

6 Mark up and release the wiring to the mast from the machine.
7 Pull the wiring from the frame and secure the wiring against the
mast so that it is not damaged when the mast is handled.
Wiring, mast
8 Mark up and release the hydraulic hoses to the mast from the
machine. Collect the waste oil in containers. Oil spills are handled
as environmentally hazardous waste.
DANGER
Hydraulic hoses, mast
NOTE
Plug all connections immediately to protect the hydraulic system
from contaminants.
9 Fold aside and secure the hydraulic hoses against the mast so that
they are not damaged when the mast is handled.
10 Mark up and release the hydraulic hoses from the lift cylinders.
DANGER
Hydraulic hose, lift cylinder
11 Fold aside and secure the hydraulic hoses against the machine so
that they are not damaged when the mast is handled.

12 Connect lifting equipment to outer mast's lifting points. Tension

the lifting equipment so that the weight of the mast is held by the
lifting equipment.
DANGER
Lifting points, outer mast
Extreme danger!
DANGER
Lift in the outer mast, the mast's parts can be
separated.
Extreme danger, risk of crushing injuries.
Ensure that the lifting equipment is connected to the
lifting points on the outer mast.
13 Connect lifting equipment to the upper part of the tilt cylinders.

14 Tension the lifting equipment for the tilt cylinders and mast so that
the upper mountings for the tilt cylinders are unloaded.
Lifting point, tilt cylinder
15
If the machine has central lubrication, detach the hoses for central
lubrication from the tilt cylinder shafts.
16 Remove the circlips and then remove the shafts that hold the tilt
cylinders in the mast. Use the threaded hole and a puller to pull
out the shafts.
17 Lift the tilt cylinders so that they are clear of the mast.
Shaft, tilt cylinder

18 Adjust the lifting equipment that is connected to the mast so that

the mast's shafts are unloaded.
19 Remove the circlips and lock screws and then remove the shafts
that hold the mast in the frame. Use the threaded holes and a
puller to pull out the shafts.
WARNING
The mast may swing out when it is loosened from the
Shaft, mast mounting in frame machine.
Stand in the mast!
20 Lift the mast forward and lower it to the ground so that it does not
swing.
21 Lift away the mast, lower the mast onto blocks and angle it down
towards the ground, being careful that the mast's parts are not
damaged during handling.
22 Lubricate the mast's bearing surfaces with lubricating grease (both
for mounting to the frame and tilt cylinders).
23 Lower the tilt cylinders towards the frame and position them on
blocks.
24 Release the lifting equipment from the tilt cylinders and secure
them against the machine.
25 Refit the shafts in the tilt cylinders and lock them with the circlips.
26
If the machine has central lubrication, connect the hoses for central
lubrication to the tilt cylinder shafts.
27 Spray rustproofing on the shafts.

28 Refit the shafts in the frame and lock them with the circlips and
lock screws.

brake accumulators (B). Tighten lock nut (C).
30 Start the machine and check that the hydraulic connections are
sealed.
31 Lubricate the mast's bearing surfaces at the mountings to the
frame and tilt cylinders using lubricating grease in order to protect
against damage.
32 Fit the cover on the mountings to the frame and tilt cylinders in
order to protect against damage.
33 Lubricate the mast's lifting chains with lubricating grease.
34 Connect the lifting equipment to the hose roller.

35 Release the hydraulic hoses and wiring from the clamps at the
hose roller. Refit the clamps.
36 Release the hose retainer's support from the mast. Refit the
screws.
37 Attach the hose roller in the top of the mast.

38 Angle the hose retainer up against the mast and attach the hoses
and cables along the side of the mast together with the retainer.
39 Detach and fold away protruding parts which risk being damaged
during transport.

Machine parts, removal

disconnector.
2 Remove the exhaust system's end-pipe and secure it on the side
of the machine, by the footstep.
3 Fit a rain cover where the exhaust system was separated.
4
Remove the revolving beacon and lower the lamp rod so it does
not protrude above the cab. Plug the connection on top of the lamp
rod and place the warning beacon in the cab.
5 Angle the antenna down so that it does not protrude above the cab.
6
If the machine is equipped with drive axle alternative Kessler D91,
a drive wheel and the front fender on one side of the machine must
be removed. See Front wheels, removal (drive axle alternative
Kessler D91) , page 242.
7
If the machine is equipped with raised cab, the cab must be
lowered. See Cab, lowering (product alternative raised cab) ,
page 243.
8 Fold in the rear view mirrors.
Front wheels, removal (drive axle alternative Kessler

D91)
Removal is only carried out on one side of the truck.
disconnector.
2 Remove one rear view mirror and the mirror stand from the fender,
and place it in the cab.
3 Remove the cover plate on the rear of the lamp housing.
4 Detach the wiring from the lamp unit.
5 Detach the wiring from the front fender.

Carefully thread the wiring out from the cable duct under the fender
so that the fender can be removed.
6 Fit the cover plate on the rear of the lamp housing.
7 Connect lifting equipment to the front fender and lift away the front
fender. Use a lifting eye in the lifting hole in the fender.
Place the front fender on a pallet.
DANGER
Extreme danger!

8 Connect lifting equipment to the front axle and lift it up.
9 Release the inner wheel's valve from the outer wheel.

10 Remove the wheel nuts and remove the outer wheel.
11 Lift away the outer wheel and place it on a pallet.
12 Attach the inner wheel by fitting alternate wheel nuts, use oversize
extra nuts as spacers for the removed rim.
Secure the valve hose to the rim.
Place the other nuts in the cab.
13 Lower the front axle and remove the lifting equipment.
Cab, lowering (product alternative raised cab)

If the machine has a raised cab it must be lowered before transport.
disconnector.
2 Remove the exhaust system's high end-pipe and fit the low one
in its position.
3 Connect lifting equipment to the cab frame and tension the lifting
equipment so that the retaining screws for the cab frame are
unloaded.
All lifting equipment must be dimensioned for at least 2000 kg.
DANGER
Extreme danger!

4 Loosen the upper attaching bolts slightly on the reinforcement

plate. Then remove the lower ones and fold the reinforcement
plate up to horizontal position.
5 Secure the reinforcement plate in the raised position.
6 Remove the attaching bolts at the upper edge (position A) of the

steps, and loosen the clamps that hold together the hand rails
(position B) for the steps and the platform.
7 Angle the steps up so that they are clear of the cab mast's platform.
Secure the steps in this position.
8 Remove the screws for the cab frame (position A).

9 Lower the cab so that the upper set of holes (position B) on the cab
frame is aligned with the holes on the machine. Fit the cab frame's
attaching bolts, tighten to a torque of 169 Nm (oiled screw).
WARNING
Lower carefully and pay attention so that personnel,
wiring or hydraulic hoses do not become trapped.
10 Lean the steps against the cab mast's platform. Use rubber shims.
11 Secure the steps against the cab mast's platform so that they can
be walked on and do not loosen during transport.
12 Release the lifting equipment from the cab frame.
13 Position the exhaust system's high end-pipe along one of the tilt
cylinders and secure it for transport.
14 Place surplus attaching elements in the cab.
The machine can be driven with the cab in lowered position.

Lashing down for transport, machine

The machine must be transported on a trailer that is wide enough to
support the drive axle's inner wheel.
1 Remove the attachment and lifting carriage, see Lifting carriage
and attachment, removal, page 235.
2 Remove the mast, see Mast, removal, page 237.
3 Remove parts from the machine, see Machine parts, removal,
page 242.
4 Reverse the machine up on the trailer.
5 Fasten the rear of the machine to the trailer in a secure manner
between the frame and the intended attachment points on the
trailer.
Lashing points, frame, rear
6 Fasten the front of the machine to the trailer in a secure manner

between the frame and the intended attachment points on the
trailer.
Lashing points, frame, front
Lashing down for transport, mast, lifting carriage and

attachment
Mast and lifting carriage with attachment must be transported on a
trailer that is wide and long enough for the purpose.
1 Position the mast on blocks on the trailer. Exercise caution so that
the mast and its components are not damaged.
2 Fasten the mast in a secure manner in the mast and in the
intended attachment points on the trailer. Exercise caution so that
the mast and its components are not damaged.

3 Position the attachment and lifting carriage on blocks on the mast.

Exercise caution so that the mast and its components are not
damaged.
4 Fasten the attachment and lifting carriage in a secure manner
around the mast and in the intended attachment points on the
trailer. Exercise caution so that the mast and its components are
not damaged.
5 Load and secure the other parts that were removed from the
machine at a suitable location on the trailer.
Unloading the machine

1 Remove the load safety catch from the machine.
2 Fold out and adjust the rear view mirrors.
3 Unload the machine from the transport.
Machine parts, assembly

disconnector.
2 Remove the rain cover where the exhaust system was separated.
3
Remove the plug on the top of the lamp rod and fit the revolving
beacon. Raise the lamp rod.
4 Angle up the antenna.
5
If the machine is equipped with drive axle alternative Kessler D91,
the drive wheel and the front fender on one side of the machine
must be fitted. See Front wheels, fitting (drive axle alternative
Kessler D91) , page 247.
6 Fit the exhaust system's end-pipe.
7 Angle out and adjust the rear view mirrors.

Front wheels, fitting (drive axle alternative Kessler

D91)
disconnector.
2 Connect lifting equipment to the front axle and lift it up.
DANGER
Extreme danger!
3 Remove the wheel studs and remove the attachment for the valve
hose.
4 Lift the outer wheel into place and fit the wheel nuts. Tighten to a
torque of 650 Nm.
5 Connect the inner wheel's valve to the outer wheel.
6 Lower the front axle and remove the lifting equipment.
7 Connect lifting equipment to the front fender. Use a lifting eye

in the lifting holes in the fender.
8 Fit the front fender.
9 Connect the wiring to the front fender.

Carefully thread the wiring in through the cable duct under the
fender up to the lamp unit.
10 Remove the cover plate on the rear of the lamp housing.

11 Connect the wiring for the lamp unit.
12 Fit the mirror stand on the front fender.
13 Fit the rear view mirror onto the mirror stand.
14 Fit the cover plate on the rear of the lamp housing.

Cab, resetting (product alternative raised cab)

disconnector.
2 Connect lifting equipment to the cab frame and tension the lifting
equipment so that the retaining screws for the cab frame are
unloaded.
All lifting equipment must be dimensioned for at least 2000 kg.
DANGER
Extreme danger!
3 Release the steps from the load securing that has held them
attached to the platform during transport.
4 Angle the steps up so that they are clear of the cab mast's platform.
Secure the steps in this position.
5 Remove the screws for the cab frame (position B).
6 Lift the cab so that the lower set of holes (position A) on the cab
frame is aligned with the holes on the machine. Fit the cab frame's
attaching bolts, tighten to a torque of 169 Nm (oiled screw).
7 Loosen the rear attaching bolts slightly on the reinforcement plate.

Then remove the front ones and fold the reinforcement plate down
to vertical position.
8 Secure the reinforcement plate in the lowered position.

9 Lean the steps against the cab mast's platform. Fit the attaching
bolts (position A) and the clamps that hold together the hand rails
(position B) for the steps and the platform.
10 Release the lifting equipment from the cab frame.
11 Remove the exhaust system's short end-pipe and fit the high one.
Unloading the mast, lifting carriage and attachment
DANGER
Extreme danger!
1 Remove the load securing from the lifting carriage and the
attachment.
2 Position blocks where the lifting carriage and attachment shall be
placed in such a way that they can be placed horizontally with the
lifting carriage upwards, without damage during handling.
3 Unload the lifting carriage and attachment from the transport.
Place it on blocks with the lifting carriage upwards so that no parts
of the attachment or lifting carriage are damaged.
4 Remove the load safety catch from the mast.
5 Position blocks where the mast shall be placed in such a way
that the mast can be placed horizontally, without damage during
handling.
6 Unload the mast from the transport. Position it horizontally on
blocks with mountings for frame and tilt cylinders downwards so
that no parts of the mast are damaged.

Mast, fitting
1 Connect the lifting equipment to the hose roller and fit it in the
correct position.
DANGER
Extreme danger!
2 Refit the hose retainer's support onto the mast.

3 Refit the parts removed during transport.
4 Position the hydraulic hoses and wiring in the clamps at the hose
roller. Fit the clamps.
5 Lubricate the top side and the top of the lifting chains with
lubricating grease.
6 Remove the protective caps from the bearings on the mast.
7 Lubricate the mast's bearing surfaces with lubricating grease (both
for mounting to the frame and tilt cylinders).
8 Loosen the circlips and remove the shafts that attach the mast
into the frame from the machine.
9 Lubricate the shafts and bracket, align the shafts in each respective
mast bracket.
10 If the machine has central lubrication, detach the hoses for central
lubrication from the tilt cylinder shafts.
11 Remove the shafts from the upper mounting for the tilt cylinders.
12 Lubricate the bearing surfaces for the upper mounting for the tilt
cylinders with lubricating grease.
13 Connect lifting equipment to the tilt cylinders.
DANGER
Extreme danger!
Lifting point, tilt cylinder

14 Lift the tilt cylinders so that they have clearance when the mast
is lifted into place.

15 Connect lifting equipment to the lifting eyes for the outer mast, lift
the mast carefully to vertical position.
DANGER
Lifting point, outer mast Lift in the outer mast, the mast's parts can be
separated.
Extreme danger, risk of crushing injuries.
Ensure that the lifting equipment is connected to the
lifting points on the outer mast.
16 Lift the mast forward to the machine and lower it to the ground
so that it does not swing.
17 If necessary, position the machine so that the mast can be
manoeuvred into place using the lifting equipment.
18 Turn off engine.
accumulators (B).
WARNING
20 Turn off the system voltage using the battery disconnector.
21 Align the mast in the frame and fit the shafts.

22 Fit the circlips and lock screws on the shafts.
Shaft, mast mounting in frame

23 Connect the tilt cylinders to the mast and fit the shafts.
Align the cylinders and fit the spacers.
24
If the machine has central lubrication, connect the hoses for central
lubrication to the tilt cylinder shafts.
25 Fit the circlips and lock screw on the shafts.
Shaft, tilt cylinder
26 Remove the plugs from the hydraulic hoses and connect the
hydraulic hoses from the machine to the lift cylinders in accordance
with the marking. Collect the waste oil in containers. Oil spills are
handled as environmentally hazardous waste.
Hydraulic hose, lift cylinder
27 Remove the plugs from the hydraulic hoses and connect the
hydraulic hoses from the mast to the machine lift cylinders in
accordance with the marking. Collect the waste oil in containers.
Oil spills are handled as environmentally hazardous waste.
Hydraulic hoses, mast
28 Route the wiring from the mast through the frame.

29 Connect the wiring from the mast to the machine.
Wiring, mast

31
If the machine has raised air intake, fit the extension pipe.
32 Start the engine and tilt the mast fully forward.
disconnector.
34 Check that the hydraulic connections are sealed tightly.
35 Fit the lifting carriage and attachment, see Lifting carriage and
attachment, installation, page 253.
Lifting carriage and attachment, installation

1 Lubricate the slide surfaces of the lifting carriage with lubricating
grease.
2 Start the machine and tilt the mast to a vertical position.
disconnector.
4 Remove the safety catch from the lifting chains in the mast.
5 Start the machine and raise the mast so that the lifting carriage
can be aligned in the inner mast.
Use bypass in order to be able to lift the mast.
disconnector.
7 Connect the lifting equipment to the lifting points on the attachment.
DANGER
Extreme danger!
Lifting points, attachment
8 Lift the lifting carriage and attachment in place so that the lifting
carriage can be aligned into the mast.
9 Start the engine and carefully lower the mast so that the lifting
carriage wheels steer into the inner mast. Stop when the lifting
chains can be connected to the lifting carriage or the inner mast
has reached the lowest position.
10 Turn off engine.
11 Connect the lifting chains to the lifting carriage. If necessary, lift
the attachment with the lifting equipment.
12 Secure the pins using new split pins
13 Release the lifting equipment from the attachment.
Pins, lifting chains


accumulators (B).
WARNING
15 Turn off the system voltage using the battery disconnector
16 Connect the bracket for the mast's wiring and hydraulic hoses to
the lifting carriage.
Attaching bolts, bracket
17 Connect the wiring from the attachment to the mast.
Wiring, attachment

18 Remove the plugs and connect the hydraulic hoses from the
attachment to the mast.
19 Turn the bracket with the indicator lights so that they point towards
the operator's station.
Hydraulic hoses, attachment
21 Start the machine and check that the hydraulic connections are
sealed.
22 Check the mast functions by testing them with the levers in the cab.
23 Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank when all hydraulic
cylinders are in retracted position. The oil level should be at the
top of the sight glass. Top up if necessary.
CAUTION
Do not overfill!
Leakage and environmental damage!

256 7 Transporting the machine – Service position
7.3 Service position

General
Service position is used for service, maintenance and other situations
when the machine needs to be secured.
Service position entails:

• The machine is parked, i.e. parking brake applied.
• Lifting carriage and attachment in fully lowered position.
• Engine off.
• System voltage switched off (with battery disconnector).
Machine with lifting carriage and attachment in fully

lowered position

7 Transporting the machine – Long-term storage 257
7.4 Long-term storage

General
Short-term storage is storage from 3 days up to 2 weeks.
Long-term storage is storage for more than 2 weeks.
Short-term storage
NOTE
Always store the machine in a dry and protected location indoors.
Prepare for short-term storage

1 Wash the machine externally and clean inside the cab.
2 Perform the daily inspection, see 6.1 Daily inspection, page 196.
3 Fill the fuel tank to full in order to avoid condensation, see Fuel
system, general, page 203.
4 Fill the AdBlue tank to full in order to avoid condensation, see
AdBlue, page 206.
5 Check that the engine covers are intact and fitted correctly.
6 Park the machine in service position, see General, page 256.
7 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see Maintenance
manual.
8 Check the coolant level and the coolant's freezing point, see
Maintenance manual.
9 Close the cab windows and doors.
10 Turn off the system voltage with the battery disconnector, see
Battery and battery disconnector, general, page 220.
11 Disconnect the cables from the battery and trickle charge the
battery during the entire storage period.
If very low temperatures are expected during the storage period,
remove the batteries and store them in a warmer location.
Reset after short-term storage
1 Check that there are no visible signs of leakage on or around the
machine.
2 Connect the battery cables to the battery.
3 Check the engine oil level, see Engine oil, general, page 212.
4 Check the coolant level, see Cooling system, general, page 210.
5 Check the oil level in the drive axle, see Maintenance manual.
6 Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank, see Hydraulic system,
general, page 214.
7 Check the level in the brake system, see Maintenance manual.
8 Close the valves that were opened to drain the pressure in the
hydraulic system, see Maintenance manual.
9 Start the engine and allow it to run at idle until it is warm (normally
3 to 5 minutes).
10 Check that gauges, warning lamps and monitors are working
correctly.
11 Check that the function of the transmission, brakes, steering and
electric systems is correct.
12 Check, without load, that all load handling functions are working
correctly.

258 7 Transporting the machine – Long-term storage
Long-term storage
CAUTION
Always complete all measures for resetting the
machine and engine.
When preparing the machine and engine for long-term
storage, drain the oil from the engine and seal the
engine openings.
If the machine is started without being reset, there is
a great risk of extensive damage to the engine and
machine.
NOTE
Always store the machine in a dry and protected location indoors.
Prepare for long-term storage

1 Wash the machine externally and clean inside the cab.
2 Perform the daily inspection, see 6.1 Daily inspection, page 196.
3 Park the machine in service position, see General, page 256.
4 Fill the fuel tank to full in order to avoid condensation, see Fuel
system, general, page 203.
5 Fill the AdBlue tank to full in order to avoid condensation, see
AdBlue, page 206.
6 Depressurise the brake and hydraulic systems, see Maintenance
manual.
7 Clean the piston rod surfaces that are exposed. Treat with rust
preventive.
8 Repair any damage from leaks, see Maintenance manual.
9 Check the coolant level and the coolant's freezing point, see
Maintenance manual.
10 Cover exhaust outlet, air intake and crankcase ventilation, if fitted.
11 Set up a sign in the cab stating to remove the cover over exhaust
outlet, air intake and crankcase ventilation, if fitted.
Also indicate that the parking brake is released.
12 Close the cab windows and doors.
13 Turn off the system voltage with the battery disconnector, see
Battery and battery disconnector, general, page 220.
14 Disconnect the cables from the battery and trickle charge the
battery during the entire storage period.
If very low temperatures are expected during the storage period,
remove the batteries and store them in a warmer location.
15 Drain and fill with new oil in the transmission and axles.
NOTE
If the machine has only operated for a short time since the last
scheduled oil change for the transmission and axles, skip this
step.
16 Prepare the engine for long-term storage, adapted according

to the intended storage time, in accordance with the engine
manufacturer's instructions.
17 Release the tension in or remove the drive belts, alternator belt
and the belt for the A/C compressor.
18 Check that the engine covers are intact and fitted correctly.
19 Support the wheel axles on jack stands to avoid load on the tyres.

7 Transporting the machine – Long-term storage 259
20 Release the parking brake mechanically, see 7.1.1 Mechanical

release of parking brake, page 232.
Reset after long-term storage
1 Check that there are no visible signs of leakage on or around the
machine.
2 Reset the parking brake, see 7.1.1 Mechanical release of parking
brake, page 232.
3 Remove the jack stands from under the wheel axles.
4 Check that the tyre pressure is correct.
5 Connect the battery cables to the battery.
6 Remove the cover over exhaust outlet, air intake and crankcase
ventilation, if fitted.
7 Reset the engine in accordance with the engine manufacturer's
instructions for resetting an engine after long-term storage.
8 Check the coolant level, see Cooling system, general, page 210.
9 Check the oil level in the drive axle, see Maintenance manual.
10 Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank, see Hydraulic system,
general, page 214.
11 Check the oil level in the brake system, see Maintenance manual.
12 Wipe off the rust preventive from the piston rod surfaces.
13 Tension the drive belts, alternator belt and the belt for the A/C
compressor.
14 Close the valves that were opened to drain the pressure in the
hydraulic system, see Maintenance manual.
15 Start the engine and allow it to run at idle until it is warm (normally
3 to 5 minutes).
16 Check the fuel level in the fuel tank.
17 Check the AdBlue level in the AdBlue tank.
18 Check the engine oil level, see Engine oil, general, page 212.
19 Check the transmission oil level, see Transmission oil, general,
page 213.
20 Calibrate the transmission, see Maintenance manual.
21 Check that gauges, warning lamps and monitors are working
correctly.
22 Check that the function of the transmission, brakes, steering and
electric systems is correct.
23 Check, without load, that all load handling functions are working
correctly.

260 8 Environment and standards
8 Environment and
standards
General
The ever-increasing industrialisation of our world is having a significant
impact on our global environment. Nature, animals and people are
subjected daily to risks in connection with various forms of chemical
handling.
There are still no fully environmentally safe chemicals, such as oils and
coolants, available on the market. Therefore, all who handle, perform
service on or repair machines must use the tools, assisting devices and
methods necessary to protect the environment in an environmentally
sound manner.
By following the simple rules below, you will contribute to protecting

our environment.
Recycling
Conscientious recycling of the machine is the starting point for the life
cycle to come full circle, and for being able to recycle and make use of
material in new products. According to calculations by Cargotec, the
machine is more than 90% recyclable by weight.
Environmentally hazardous waste

Components such as batteries, oils, and various chemicals and other
items that may constitute environmentally hazardous waste must be
handled and taken care of in an environmentally safe and sound
manner.
Discarded batteries contain substances hazardous to personal health

and the environment. Therefore, handle batteries in an environmentally
safe manner and according to national regulations.
Oils and fluids

Oils freely discharged cause environmental damage and can also be a
fire hazard. Therefore, when emptying and draining oils or fuel, take
appropriate action to prevent unnecessary spills.
Waste oils and fluids should always be taken care of by an authorised

disposal company.
Pay close attention to oil leaks and other fluid leaks! Take immediate
action to seal the leaks.
Air conditioning
The refrigerant in the air conditioning for the cab adds to the
"greenhouse effect" if released into the open air. Special training is
required for all service work on the air conditioning. Many countries
also require certification by a governing authority for such work. When
scrapping an air conditioning unit, the refrigerant shall be taken care
of by a certified company.
Working in a contaminated area

The machine must be equipped for work in contaminated areas
(environmentally polluted or health-hazardous area) before work is
started. Also, there are special local rules in force for such handling
and when servicing such a machine.

8 Environment and standards – Environment and standards 261
Declarations
The machine does not contain asbestos.
The machines contains lead in batteries and in electric cabling.
If the machine is equipped with air conditioning then refrigerant of type

R134a is used.
Standards
Noise, vibration, stability and visibility, etc.
This machine fulfils applicable standards in accordance with EN1459
"Safety of industrial trucks - Self-propelled variable reach trucks".
CE marking
Machines for the EU/EEA market are CE marked. This means that
upon delivery the machine fulfils the applicable "Essential Health
and Safety Requirements" specified in the EU Machine Directive,
2006/42/EC, as well as other EU directives relevant to this machine
type. For more information, see section 2.2 CE marking.
ANSI/ITSDF marking
Versions of this machine for North America are ANSI/ITSDF marked.
This means that, when delivered, the machine fulfils the basic safety
requirements specified in ANSI/ITSDF B56.1. For more information,
see section 2.3 ANSI/ITSDF marking.
EMC, electromagnetic interference

The EU's EMC directive regarding "Electromagnetic compatibility",
2014/30/EU, gives a general description of the standards that may be
required of a machine from a safety aspect, where the limit values have
been established in international standards. A machine or device that
meets these standards should be CE marked.
Cargotec machines are especially tested with regards to

electromagnetic interference in accordance with harmonised standard
EN12895. The machine's CE-marking and declaration of conformity
also cover the EMC directive. If other electronic equipment is installed
on the machine, it must be CE-marked and tested on the machine
with regards to electromagnetic interference. It must also be approved
by Cargotec.
Exhaust emissions
Machines for the EU/EEA market fulfil the EU Exhaust Directives
97/68/EC and 2004/26/EC, which means that the engine's exhaust
emissions have been limited in accordance with the requirements.
Machines for the North American market fulfil the EPA and CARB
exhaust regulations, which means that engine exhaust emissions have
been limited in accordance with the requirements.
Noise emissions
The sound pressure level in the cab is measured in accordance with
EN 12053 with measurement uncertainty σR=2.5 dB.
Vibration standard
Vibration emitted by the machine is measured according to harmonised
standard EN 13059, where the level of vibration varies depending on
with which type of tyres and driver's seat the machine is equipped. See
section 9 Specifications.

262 9 Specifications
9 Specifications
Data
The machine's weights and dimensions vary depending on how the
machine is equipped. Detailed information regarding this is given in the
product specification and data sheet for the machine in question.
1 Engine Cummins Volvo Volvo Volvo Volvo

QSB6.7 TAD572VE TAD850VE TAD851VE TAD871VE
Output in accordance with ISO 3046 164 kW at 160 kW at 160 kW at 185 kW at 185 kW at
(marked output) 2200 rpm 2200 rpm 2200 rpm 2200 rpm 2200 rpm
Torque ISO 3046 949 Nm at 910 Nm at 1060 Nm at 1160 Nm at 1160 Nm at
1400 rpm 1450 rpm 1000 rpm 1200 rpm 1200 rpm
Environment classification EU/EPA Stage 3A/Tier Stage 4/Tier Stage 3A/Tier Stage 3A/Tier Stage 4/Tier
3 4f 3 3 4f
Max. rotation speed 2200 rpm 2200 rpm 2200 rpm 2300 rpm 2200 rpm
Number of cylinders 6 4 4 6 6
Alternator, output 130 A
System voltage, voltage – capacity 24 V (2x12 V / 145 Ah)
2 Transmission Dana TE143xx Dana TE144xx

No. of gears, forward - reverse 3 - 3 4 – 4
3.3 Power transmission, drive

axle
Drive axle, type Kessler D81 Kessler D91
4 Brakes
Footbrake system – wheel affected Wet Disc Brake – drive wheel
Parking brake system – wheel affected Spring brake - drive wheel
5 Steering
Steering system Hydraulic servo
6. Wheels DCU80 DCU90–100

Dimension, front and rear 12.00x24 14.00x24
Tyre pressure, also see pressure plate 1.0 MPa 1.0 MPa
Tyre type, front and rear Inflated with air. Spare and replacement tyres must be of brand
names approved by Cargotec.
9 Cab Cab
Equivalent sound pressure level LpAZ 72 dB(A)*
in cab according to EN12053 with * Depending on engine option and setting of Eco Drive Mode.
measurement uncertainty σR=2.5 dB.
Measurement value with standard
engine.
Whole-body vibrations according 0.4–0.7 m/s2
to EN13059 with measurement
uncertainty k=0.3 x measured value.

9 Specifications – Specifications 263
Lamp Output (W) Socket

Direction indicator, front - LEDs are replaced complete
Tail lights, brake lights & direction indicators rear - LEDs are replaced complete
Position lamps - LEDs are replaced complete
Headlights - LEDs are replaced complete
Back-up light - LEDs are replaced complete
Work lights - LEDs are replaced complete
Revolving beacon - LEDs are replaced complete
Interior lighting - Replaced complete
Volumes
For oil types see Oils and lubricants, recommendation, page 266.
1.2 Engine, fuel system Cummins Volvo Volvo Volvo Volvo

Fuel tank, volume 460 L
Fuel quality EN590
ASTM D 975 No 1-D
ASTM D 975 No 2-D
CAUTION
Use only the fuel of approved quality.
Risk of engine damage, warranty invalidated.
Only fuel of a quality that is approved by the engine supplier
may be used.
AdBlue tank, volume - 35 L

AdBlue quality - AdBlue, according to ISO
standard 22241.

264 9 Specifications – Specifications
1.7 Engine, cooling system Cummins Volvo Volvo Volvo Volvo

Coolant volume 32 L 35 L 35 L 30 L 35 L
Coolant quality ES Compleat, Volvo Penta Coolant VCS, ready-mixed
Premix
Coolant filling point
CAUTION
Risk of engine damage and invalidated warranty if unapproved
coolant is used.
Only use coolant approved by the engine supplier when
changing and topping up the coolant.
1.8 Engine, lubrication system Cummins Volvo Volvo Volvo Volvo

Oil type, quality See Oils and lubricants, recommendation, page 266.
Oil volume incl. filter 24 L 24 L 24 L 15 L 24 L
2 Transmission Dana TE143xx Dana TE144xx

Oil type See Oils and lubricants, recommendation, page 266
Oil volume 39 L 39 L
3.3 Power transmission, drive Kessler D81 Kessler D91

axle
Oil quality See Oils and lubricants, recommendation, page 266.
Oil volume, differential 42 L 63 L
Oil volume, hub reduction 2 x 4 L 2 x 4 L
9 Frame, body, cab and

accessories
Refrigerant air conditioning R134a
Volume refrigerant 2000 g
Lubricant air conditioning ZXL100PG
Lubricant quantity air conditioning 0.3 l (depending on compressor)
Volume, washer fluid Max 5l
10 Common hydraulics
Oil quality See Oils and lubricants, recommendation, page 266.
Volume hydraulic oil tank 380 l
Volume, hydraulic system 480 l (total, incl. tank)

Dimensions

Oils and lubricants, recommendation

The service intervals specified by Cargotec in the maintenance manual
only apply if oils are selected in accordance with the table below. The
table indicates recommended viscosity for different oil types, and
grades, depending on the outdoor temperature.
Any deviation from this table must be approved in writing by Cargotec,

and may mean changed service intervals.
°C -30 -20 -10 0 +10 +20 +30 +40 +50

Oil type, quality °F -22 -4 +14 +32 +50 +68 +86 +104 +122
1.8 Engine, lubrication system
Engine option Cummins SAE 15W40 (engine oil)
QSB6.7:
SAE 10W30 (engine oil)
API: CH-4/SJ, CI-4/SK
ACEA: E5, E7 SAE 5W30 (engine oil)
Cummins: CES-20071,
CES-20072, CES-20076,
CES-20077, CES-20078
Engine option Volvo TAD850VE SAE 15W40 (engine oil)
and Volvo TAD851VE:
VDS-3

Engine option Volvo TAD572VE SAE 15W40 (engine oil)
and Volvo TAD871VE:
VDS-4
2.6 Transmission, lubrication

system
DEXRON® III
ATF Dexron III
3.3 Power transmission, drive

axle
API GL-5 SAE 80W140
SAE 75W90
10 Common hydraulics
DIN 51524 Part 3 HVLP ISO VG 68
ISO VG 46 HV
ISO VG 32
1 Only applies to synthetic or semi-synthetic engine oil.
ACEA = Association des Constructeurs Européenne d'Automobiles
API = American Petroleum Institute
CES = Cummins Engine Standard
VDS = Volvo Drain Specification

Engine oil
NOTE
Oil filters must be changed in connection with oil change.
Stage 3A/Tier 3 engines
WARNING
Change intervals for engine oil and oil filter depend on
the sulphur content in the fuel.
Change the engine oil and oil filter in accordance with
the prescribed intervals.
Lubricating grease
Use a universal grease type EP in accordance with NLGI Grade 2 (EP2)
for all lubrication points except for lifting equipment and slide plates.
For central lubrication, only universal grease type EP in accordance

with NLGI Grade 2 (EP2) without molybdenum disulphide may be used.
For lifting equipment use a universal grease type EP in accordance

with NLGI Grade 2 (EP2) with 3-5% molybdenum disulphide mixture.
For slide plates use a lubricant approved by Cargotec. Obtained from

Cargotec Spare Parts Department. 0.65 kg cartridge for grease gun
part. no 923110.0360 and 5 kg tin part. no 923595.0003.
NOTE
Select lubricant class according to the prevailing climate.
Contact grease
Use contact grease part no. 923836.0552. Applies for sealed
connectors.
Sealant silicone
Use silicone part. no. 923107.0308.
Adhesive system for window panes

Only use PU polymer recommended by Cargotec.
Coolant
Use ready-mixed recommended coolant. Choose the mixture of
coolant that is adapted for the right temperature.
CAUTION
Risk of engine damage and invalidated warranty if
unapproved coolant is used.
Only use coolant approved by the engine supplier
when changing and topping up the coolant.

Unit explanations
Unit Abbreviation
Newton metre Nm
Kgf/m kpm
Kilo pascal kPa
Mega pascal MPa
Kilowatt kW
Kilojoule kJ
British thermal unit Btu
Calorie ca
Inch in
Feet ft
Yard yd
Mile mile
Centimetre cm
Metre m
Kilometre km

Conversion SI-units
Recalculation Recalculation
SI-unit factor Non-SI factor SI
Torque
Nm x 10.2 = kg·cm x 0.8664 = lb·in
Nm x 0.74 = lbf·ft x 1.36 = Nm
Nm x 0.102 = kg·m x 7.22 = lb·ft
Pressure (Pa = N/m2)
kPa x 4.0 = in.H2O x 0.249 = kPa
kPa x 0.30 = in.Hg x 3.38 = kPa
kPa x 0.145 = psi x 6.89 = kPa
bar x 14.5 = psi x 0.069 = bar
kp/cm 2 x 14.22 = psi x 0.070 = kp/cm2
N/mm 2 x 145.04 = psi x 0.069 = bar
MPa x 145 = psi x 0.00689 = MPa
Power (W = J/s)
kW x 1.36 = hp (cv) x 0.736 = kW
kW x 1.34 = bhp x 0.746 = kW
kW x 0.948 = Btu/s x 1.055 = kW
W x 0.74 = ft·lb/s x 1.36 = W
Energy (J = Nm)
kJ x 0.948 = Btu x 1.055 = kJ
J x 0.239 = calorie x 4.19 = J
Speed and acceleration
m/s2 x 3.28 = ft/s2 x 0.305 = m/s2
m/s x 3.28 = ft/s x 0.305 = m/s
km/h x 0.62 = mph x 1.61 = km/h
Horsepower/torque
Bhp x 5252 rpm= TQ (lb·ft) TQ x rpm 5252 = bhp
Temperature
°C = (°F – 32)/1.8 °F = (°C x 1.8) + 32
Flow factor
l/min (dm3 /min) x 0.264 = US gal/min x 3.785 = litre/min

Conversion table length

Unit cm m km in ft yd mile
cm 1 0.01 0.00001 0.3937 0.03281 0.01094 0.000006
m 100 1 0.001 39.37 3.2808 1.0936 0.00062
km 100000 1000 1 39370.7 3280.8 1093.6 0.62137
in 2.54 0.0254 0.000025 1 0.08333 0.02777 0.000015
ft 30.48 0.3048 0.000304 12 1 0.3333 0.000189
yd 91.44 0.9144 0.000914 36 3 1 0.000568
mile 160930 1609.3 1.6093 63360 5280 1760 1
1 mm = 0.1 cm – 1 mm = 0.001 m
Conversion table area

Unit cm2 m2 km2 a ft2 yd2 in2
cm2 1 0.0001 - 0.000001 0.001076 0.000012 0.155000
m2 10000 1 0.000001 0.01 10.764 1.1958 1550.000
km2 - 1000000 1 10000 1076400 1195800 -
a 0.01 100 0.0001 1 1076.4 119.58 -
ft2 - 0.092903 - 0.000929 1 0.1111 144.000

yd2 - 0.83613 - 0.008361 9 1 1296.00
in2 6.4516 0.000645 - - 0.006943 0.000771 1
1 ha = 100 a – 1 mile2 = 259 ha = 2.59 km2
Conversion table volume

Unit cm3 = cc m3 l in3 ft3 yd3
cm3 = ml 1 0.000001 0.001 0.061024 0.000035 0.000001
m3 1000000 1 1000 61024 35.315 1.30796
dm3 (l) 1000 0.001 1 61.024 0.035315 0.001308
in3 16.387 0.000016 0.01638 1 0.000578 0.000021
ft3 28316.8 0.028317 28.317 1728 1 0.03704
yd3 764529.8 0.76453 764.53 46656 27 1
1 gal (US) = 3785.41 cm3 = 231 in3 = 0.83267 gal (UK)
Conversion table weight

Unit g kg t oz lb
g 1 0.001 0.000001 0.03527 0.0022
kg 1000 1 0.001 35.273 2.20459
t 1000000 1000 1 35273 2204.59
oz 28.3495 0.02835 0.000028 1 0.0625
lb 453.592 0.45359 0.000454 16 1
1 tonne (metric) = 1.1023 ton (US) = 0.9842 ton (UK)

Conversion table pressure

Unit kp/cm 2 bar Pa = N/m2 kPa lbf/in2 lbf/ft2
kp/cm 2 1 0.98067 98066.5 98.0665 14.2233 2048.16
bar 1.01972 1 100000 100 14.5037 2088.6
Pa = N/m2 0.00001 0.001 1 0.001 0.00015 0.02086
kPa 0.01020 0.01 1000 1 0.14504 20.886
lbf/in2 0.07032 0.0689 6894.76 6.89476 1 144
lbf/ft2 0.00047 0.00047 47.88028 0.04788 0.00694 1
kg/cm2 = 735.56 Torr (mmHg) = 0.96784 atm

272 10 Terminology
10 Terminology
Explanations
Term Description
Accumulator Reservoir that stores (accumulates) pressure for, i.e. hydraulic functions.
Attachment Part of the machine that grips the load when lifting.
Anti-corrosion agent Prevents oxidation, in simple terms, rustproofing.
Working hydraulics All load handling functions, that is, lift and lower, tilt, side shift, spreading (extension)
and levelling.
Wheelbase Distance between drive axle and steering axle.
Bar Unit to express pressure.
Battery disconnector Cuts off power supply from battery.
Daily inspection Actions that should be performed daily to ensure the machine's functionality.
Decitonne Tenth of a tonne, measure of machine's lift capacity.
Display "Window" showing digital information, i.e. on steering wheel panel in the cab.
Operating time Number of hours machine has been in operation, shown on hour meter in cab.
Drive axle Driving axle that receives the torque from the drivetrain.
Drivetrain Parts in the machine involved in power transmission; engine, torque converter,
transmission, propeller shaft and drive axle with differential and hub reduction.
ECC Electric Climate Control. Air conditioning with thermostat-controlled cooling,
dehumidification and heating.
EHC Electric Heat Control. Heating system with thermostat-controlled heating.
Electrolyte level Fluid level in battery cells.
Expansion tank Tank for coolant.
Fixed displacement Non-adjustable volume (capacity) in a pump.
Hanging load Lifted load.
FMI Fault Message Identifier.
Main fuse Located by battery. Breaks the current to all systems in the whole machine.
Hydraulic oil Oil for hydraulic system. See specifications in operator's manual.
Hydraulic oil pump Pump in hydraulic system.
Hydraulic system System that uses oil pressure to transfer power to different functions.
Indicator Manual "sensor", for example, shows that a filter is clogged and needs to be changed.
KCU Kalmar Cab Unit - Control Unit KCU (D7901) is fitted in the cab and is the control unit
that controls the start-up and shutdown of the machine's electrical system.
KFU Kalmar Frame Unit – Control unit KFU (D7971) is fitted in the electronic box on the
left-hand side. The control unit operates components in the frame and on the mast.
KID Kalmar Information Display - Control unit KID (D7950), the display in the cab.
KPU Kalmar Panel Unit - Control unit KPU (D7902) is fitted in the right-hand switch panel in
the cab and operates switches and controls in the cab.
KST Kalmar Service Tool - Computer program for service, calibration, setting and
programming of the machine's control units.
Refrigerant Fluid/gas in air conditioning. Must only be handled by authorised trained personnel.
Low-emission engine Engine with low emissions of hazardous substances. Manufactured in accordance
with regulations.

10 Terminology – Terminology 273
Term Description
LC Load centre.
Lift capacity Indicates machine's maximum lift capacity.
Lifting point Attaching point for lift device when lifting an object.
Lifting carriage Lifts the load, located on the mast.
Solenoid valve An electro-magnetically controlled valve. See also proportional valve.
Control valve Valves that can be used to control something, for example, to release pressure and thus
lower a boom or a fork.
Machine model Machine type. Specified, for example: DCU80–100. See also type designation.
Environmental waste Used oils, filters, etc., must be handled according to governing national laws and
regulations.
Torque converter Hydraulic, variable clutch.
Hub reduction Type of final drive (often next to drive wheel) that reduces rpm and increases torque
from the drivetrain.
Pilot oil pressure A low control pressure to, for example, a valve.
Planetary gear Type of transmission with gears in constant engagement.
Product alternative One of several alternatives is selected for a machine, e.g. engine option.
Proportional valve An electro-magnetically controlled valve. If a voltage is applied, the valve is activated
in proportion to the voltage amplitude. In simple terms, infinitely variable valve, as
opposed to on/off valve. For example, found on transmission's valve housing.
Frame member Structural members in the frame.
Recirculation Circulate over and over again.
SCR Selective Catalytic Reduction. Exhaust technology which means that AdBlue is added
to the exhaust gases to reduce nitrogen oxides (NOx). The urea in AdBlue breaks
down into ammonia, which in the SCR catalytic converter, reacts with nitrogen oxide
(NOx) as harmless nitrogen and water vapour is formed. Available for Volvo Stage
4/Tier 4f engines.
Serial number Unique machine designation. On the machine plate.
Service position How machine should be safely positioned before service may be started.
Servo A small movement by the user results in a large angle, i.e. servo steering.
Servo pressure A low control pressure to control a higher pressure, for example, to a valve.
Sidelift Attachment. See attachment.
Side shift Parallel sideways movement of attachment.
Levelling Attachment is tilted, for example if load stands on uneven ground.
Spirit Delta Enclosed type of cab.
SPN Suspect Parameter Number.
Spreading (positioning) Widening of attachment.
Mast Carrier of lifting carriage, attachment and load.
Dust reservoir The air filter collects the coarsest particles in a dust reservoir, which is emptied
automatically during operation.
Steering axle Wheel axle with steering.
Buzzer Acoustic alarm to catch the operator's attention.
Option Extra equipment for machine.
Tilting Load is leaned forward or backward.
Transmission oil Oil for transmission and torque converter. See specifications in operator's manual.
Securing machine for transport Actions before transporting machine.

274 10 Terminology – Terminology
Term Description
Twistlocks Two locking pins, one in each corner of the attachment, pushed down in corresponding
holes in container and twisted to lock the container when lifting.
Type designation Indicates machine type and capacity. See also machine model.
Maintenance Periodic maintenance actions so that machine functions safely and for a long service life.
Variable pump Pump with adjustable flow rate.
Variable displacement Adjustable volume (capacity) of a pump.
Wet brakes Brake discs in oil bath.
Valve slide Moveable part in valve. Determines oil's path.

11 Index – Index 275
Index Event menu release the parking brake . . . .

Event menu seat belt . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
77
74
Event menu service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Event menu speed limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
A Event menu speed limitation, warm-up mode . . . . . . 79
About the documentation kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Event menu start interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
About the operator's manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Event menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Air filter, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
ANSI/ITSDF marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
F
Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
B Fire extinguishing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Back-up camera and distance warning . . . . . . . . 81 Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Battery and battery disconnector . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Functions for load handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Fuses for electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
C
CE-marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 G
Central lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Checking the accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Gearshifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 H
Customer settings via display . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Heating / Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 170
Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
D
Daily inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 196
Description DCU80–100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20
61
I
Identification of the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Ignition key lock and start and stop button for the
E engine . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection and maintenance .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. .
. .
. . .
.
40
5, 195
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Instruments and controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Engine operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Environment and standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Error code indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Error code information on display . . . . . . . . . . . 91
K
Error code tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Keep in mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Event menu AdBlue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Event menu AdBlue end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 L
Event menu automatic spreading 20'–40' . . . . . . . 73
Event menu automatic stop function, description . . . . 80 Lifting and transporting the machine . . . . . . . . . . 233
Event menu battery capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Lifting load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Event menu battery charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Lifting machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Event menu brake temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Event menu contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Load handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 175
Event menu control breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Long-term storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Event menu engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . . 71
Event menu height limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Event menu height warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 M
Event menu intermittent wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Event menu load securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Mechanical release of parking brake . . . . . . . . . 232
Event menu low accumulator pressure . . . . . . 70, 75 Menu for active error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Event menu low AdBlue level. . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Menu for customer settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Event menu low coolant level engine . . . . . . . . . 80 Menu for inactive error codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Event menu low fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Menu for machine check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Event menu no operator in seat. . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Menu for services and settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Event menu oil temperature hydraulics . . . . . . . . 71 Menu for statistics and history . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Event menu oil temperature transmission . . . . . . . 71 Multi-function lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Event menu open door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Event menu operator identification . . . . . . . . . . 80
Event menu overload lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Event menu overload lift and tilt. . . . . . . . . . . . 73
O
Event menu overload tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Event menu parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Operating menu customer settings . . . . . . . . . . 68
Event menu preheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Operating menu electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Event menu raise/lower cab temperature . . . . . . . 77 Operating menu scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Event menu raise/lower fan speed . . . . . . . . . . 77 Operating menu trip computer work shift . . . . . . . . 66

276 11 Index – Index
Operating menu tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 T

Operating menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Optional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 The event menu parking brake not activated and no
Overview description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 operator in the driver's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Transmission and hydraulics operating menu . . . . . . 68
Transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
P Transporting load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Transporting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 235
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Travel direction selector and parking brake . . . . . . . 54
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Tyres and rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
R U
Reading instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Running-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
V
S Vehicle Data Interface (VDI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Safety and emergency equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 W
Service brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Warming up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Smartfleet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 While operating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Starting engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Stopping the engine - parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Declaration of Conformity
We, Cargotec Sweden AB, SE-340 10 Lidhult, (Registration No. 556014-5418) herewith
declare that the machine,
Type Containerhandler
Model DCU90-45ES7
Serial No A305.XXXXX
Year of construction 2017
Engine Cummins QSB6.7 164kW 3A
is manufactured in conformity with the requirements in

- The Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC;
- The Electro Magnetic Compatibility Directive 2004/30/EC
- the harmonised standard EN 1459 Safety of industrial trucks

– Self propelled variable reach trucks.
Name
Position Head Of Counterbalanced Products
Place, Date of Issue Signature

2A_TEST_R_GB
last page
Cargotec Sweden AB
Cargotec improves the efficiency of cargo flows by offering solutions for Torggatan 3
the loading and unloading of goods on land and at sea – wherever cargo SE-340 10, Lidhult, Sweden
is on the move. Cargotec’s main daughter brands for cargo handling
Hiab, Kalmar and MacGregor are global market leaders in their fields. tel. +46 372 260 00
Cargotec’s global network offers extensive services that ensure the fax +46 372 263 90
continuous, reliable and sustainable performance of equipment. www.cargotec.com

DCU80-100 - Operators Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DCU80-100 - Operators Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Empty container handler 8-10

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

This Operator's manual contains information that you must keep in

Operator's manual, purpose

Cargotec will not accept any responsibility for machine modifications

About machine version

Cargotec reserves the right to make changes to specifications and

Duplication of the content in this manual, in whole or in part, is strictly

All duplication by any means, such as copying, printing, etc., is

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

1.1.1 Reading instructions

Read the operator's manual

Read the operator's manual

Read the Maintenance manual

refers to important information in the Maintenance manual.

Read the Maintenance manual

IDCU01.01GB Operator’s manual DCU80–100

See the machine card for complete specifications of the machine's

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

1.2 About the documentation kit

There is supplementary documentation that can be ordered for the

Always indicate publication number when ordering. The publication

IDCU01.01GB Operator’s manual DCU80–100

1.3 Inspection and maintenance

Maintenance described in this operator's manual can be performed by

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

The safety information in this operator's manual is intended for your

Important to read the operator's manual

In addition, you will obtain a lot of valuable information that makes

The operator's manual should always remain in the machine. If it is lost

Ask your foreman or supervisor if there is anything in the text you do

IDCU01.01GB Operator’s manual DCU80–100

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

2.1 Safety and emergency equipment

1. Control breaker for hydraulics (servo circuits). 9. Back-up light.

IDCU01.01GB Operator’s manual DCU80–100

As proof that the requirements are fulfilled, the machine is provided

Anyone making modifications that affect the safety of the machine

For additional information, see standards under chapter 8 Environment

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

2.3 ANSI/ITSDF marking

This machine is ANSI/ITSDF marked. This means that upon delivery it

For additional information, see standards under chapter 8 Environment

IDCU01.01GB Operator’s manual DCU80–100

2.4 Keep in mind

For machines with SCR-system (emission control with AdBlue):

During work shifts

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

IDCU01.01GB Operator’s manual DCU80–100

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

IDCU01.01GB Operator’s manual DCU80–100

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

IDCU01.01GB Operator’s manual DCU80–100

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

IDCU01.01GB Operator’s manual DCU80–100

Fire prevention measures

Make it a habit to make a visual inspection of the engine and engine

Action after fire

Operator’s manual DCU80–100 IDCU01.01GB

This section provides a short presentation of the machine's parts, see

3.1.1 Identification of the machine

Type designation DCU100-45ES8 specifies the following:

A machine card is supplied together with the spare parts catalogue.

The machine card must be updated when the machine is modified